Toro 5700 D Multi Pro User Manual To The 5a8792ea A33b 4086 A2d9 3a984ca84535

User Manual: Toro 5700-D to the manual

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 248

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

PART NO. 04130SL (Rev. D)

Service Manual

Multi ProR 5700--D
Preface
The purpose of this publication is to provide the service
technician with information for troubleshooting, testing,
and repair of major systems and components on the
Multi Pro 5700--D.
REFER TO THE OPERATOR’S MANUAL FOR OPERATING, MAINTENANCE, AND ADJUSTMENT
INSTRUCTIONS. Space is provided in Chapter 2 of this
book to insert the Operator’s Manual and Parts Catalog
for your machine. Additional copies of the Operator’s
Manual and Parts Catalog are available on the internet
at www.Toro.com.
The Toro Company reserves the right to change product
specifications or this publication without notice.

This safety symbol means DANGER, WARNING,
or CAUTION, PERSONAL SAFETY INSTRUCTION. When you see this symbol, carefully read
the instructions that follow. Failure to obey the
instructions may result in personal injury.
NOTE: A NOTE will give general information about the
correct operation, maintenance, service, testing, or repair of the machine.
IMPORTANT: The IMPORTANT notice will give important instructions which must be followed to prevent damage to systems or components on the
machine.

E The Toro Company - 2004, 2005, 2007, 2009, 2011

This page is intentionally blank.

Multi Pro 5700--D

Product Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equivalents and Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Torque Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2 -2 -2 -2 --

1
2
3
7

Chapter 3 -- Kubota Diesel Engine
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 -- 1
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 -- 2
Service and Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 -- 4
KUBOTA 05 SERIES ENGINE SERVICE MANUAL
Chapter 4 -- Hydraulic System

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spray System Flow Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spray System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service and Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6 -6 -6 -6 -6 -6 --

2
3
4
5
6
8

Chapter 7 -- Chassis
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 -- 2
Service and Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 -- 3

Chassis

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -- 3
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -- 4
Hydraulic Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -- 8
Hydraulic Flow Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -- 9
Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -- 12
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -- 14
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -- 16
Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -- 25
Service and Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -- 27
EATON MODEL 26000 SINGLE GEAR PUMP REPAIR
INFORMATION
EATON MODEL 72400 SERVO CONTROLLED PISTON PUMP REPAIR INFORMATION
EATON MODEL 74318 and 74348 PISTON MOTORS:
FIXED DISPLACEMENT, VALVE PLATE DESIGN
REPAIR INFORMATION
PARKER TORQLINKTM SERVICE PROCEDURE

Chapter 6 -- Spray System

Product Records
and Maintenance

Chapter 2 -- Product Records and Maintenance

Kubota Diesel
Engine

Electrical Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 -- 2
Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 -- 3
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 -- 4
Electrical System Quick Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 -- 6
Component Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 -- 7
Service and Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 -- 27

Hydraulic
System

Safety Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 -- 2
Jacking Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 -- 4
Safety and Instruction Decals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 -- 4

Electrical
System

Chapter 5 -- Electrical System

Spray
System

Chapter 1 -- Safety

Safety

Table Of Contents

Multi Pro 5700--D

This page is intentionally blank.

Multi Pro 5700--D

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.1 -- 2
Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.1 -- 3
Electrical Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.1 -- 4
Sonic Boom System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.1 -- 6
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.1 -- 16
Service and Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.1 -- 22
Chapter 8 -- Electrical Diagrams
Electrical Schematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 -- 3
Circuit Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 -- 6
Wire Harness Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 -- 10

Multi Pro 5700--D

Rev. D

Electrical
Drawings

Chapter 7.1 -- Sonic Boom System (Optional Kit)

Sonic Boom
System

Table Of Contents (Continued)

This page is intentionally blank.

Rev. D

Multi Pro 5700--D

Safety
Table of Contents
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Before Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
While Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance and Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Multi Pro 5700–D

2
2
2
3

JACKING INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
SAFETY AND INSTRUCTION DECALS . . . . . . . . . . 4

Page 1 – 1

Safety

Chapter 1

Safety Instructions
The Multi Pro 5700--D Turf Sprayer is designed and
tested to offer safe service when operated and maintained properly. Although hazard control and accident
prevention are partially dependent upon the design and
configuration of the machine, these factors are also dependent upon the awareness, concern, and proper
training of the personnel involved in the operation, transport, maintenance, and storage of the machine. Improper use or maintenance of the machine can result in injury

or death. To reduce the potential for injury or death,
comply with the following safety instructions.

WARNING
To reduce the potential for injury or death,
comply with the following safety instructions.

Before Operating
1. Read and understand the contents of the Operator’s
Manual before starting and operating the machine. Become familiar with the controls and know how to stop the
machine and engine quickly. Additional copies of the
Operator’s Manual are available on the internet at
www.Toro.com.
2. Keep all shields, safety devices, and decals in place.
If a shield, safety device, or decal is defective, illegible
or damaged, repair or replace it before operating the
machine. Also tighten any loose nuts, bolts or screws to
ensure machine is in safe operating condition.
3. Assure interlock switches are adjusted correctly so
engine cannot be started unless traction pedal is in the
NEUTRAL position.

4. Since diesel fuel is highly flammable, handle it carefully:
A. Store fuel in containers specifically designed for
this purpose.
B. Do not remove machine fuel tank cap while engine is hot or running.
C. Do not smoke while handling fuel.
D. Fill fuel tank outdoors and only to within an inch of
the top of the tank, not the filler neck. Do not overfill
the fuel tank.
E. Wipe up any spilled fuel.

While Operating
1. Sit on the seat when starting and operating the machine.
2. Before starting the engine:

5. Before getting off the seat:
A. Ensure that traction pedal is in the NEUTRAL
position.

A. Engage the parking brake.

B. Set parking brake.

B. Make sure traction pedal is in the NEUTRAL position and the pump switch is OFF.

C. Turn pump switch OFF.

3. Do not run engine in a confined area without adequate ventilation. Exhaust fumes are hazardous and
could possibly be deadly.
4. Do not touch engine, radiator, muffler or exhaust
pipe while engine is running or soon after it is stopped.
These areas could be hot enough to cause burns.

Safety

D. Stop engine and remove key from ignition switch.
E. Do not park on slopes unless wheels are chocked
or blocked.
6. Follow spray chemical manufacturer’s recommendations for handling precautions, protective equipment,
and mixing proportions.

Page 1 -- 2 Rev. C

Multi Pro 5700--D

1. Before servicing or making adjustments, turn spray
pump off, put traction pedal in neutral, stop engine, set
parking brake, and remove key from the switch.
2. Prior to servicing sprayer components, determine
what chemical(s) have been used in the sprayer. Follow
precautions and recommendations printed on chemical
container labels or Material Safety Data Sheets when
servicing sprayer components. Use appropriate protective equipment: protective clothing, chemical resistant
gloves, and eye protection.
3. Make sure machine is in safe operating condition by
keeping all nuts, bolts and screws tight.
4. Never store the machine or fuel container inside
where there is an open flame, such as near a water heater or furnace.
5. Make sure all hydraulic line connectors are tight and
that all hydraulic hoses and lines are in good condition,
before applying pressure to the system.
6. Keep body and hands away from pin hole leaks in hydraulic lines that eject high pressure hydraulic fluid. Use
cardboard or paper to find hydraulic leaks. Hydraulic
fluid escaping under pressure can penetrate skin and
cause injury. Fluid accidentally injected into the skin
must be surgically removed within a few hours by a doctor familiar with this form of injury or gangrene may result.
7. Before disconnecting or performing any work on the
hydraulic system, all pressure in hydraulic system must
be relieved. To relieve system pressure, rotate steering
wheel in both directions after the key switch has been
turned off.
8. If major repairs are ever needed or assistance is desired, contact an Authorized Toro Distributor.
9. To reduce potential fire hazard, keep engine area
free of excessive grease, grass, leaves and dirt. Clean
protective screen on machine frequently.

Multi Pro 5700–D

10.If engine must be running to perform maintenance or
an adjustment, keep clothing, hands, feet, and other
parts of the body away from moving parts. Keep bystanders away.
11. Do not overspeed the engine. To assure safety and
accuracy, check maximum engine speed.
12.Shut engine off before checking or adding oil to the
crankcase.
13.Disconnect battery before servicing the machine.
Disconnect negative (–) battery cable first and positive
(+) cable last. If battery voltage is required for troubleshooting or test procedures, temporarily connect the
battery. Reconnect positive (+) cable first and negative
(–) cable last.
14.Battery acid is poisonous and can cause burns.
Avoid contact with skin, eyes, and clothing. Protect your
face, eyes, and clothing when working with a battery.
15.Battery gases can explode. Keep cigarettes, sparks,
and flames away from the battery.
16.To assure optimum performance and continued
safety of the machine, use genuine Toro replacement
parts and accessories. Replacement parts and accessories made by other manufacturers may result in nonconformance with safety standards, and the warranty
may be voided.
17.When raising the machine to change tires or to perform other service, use correct blocks, hoists, and jacks.
Make sure machine is parked on a solid level surface
such as a concrete floor. Prior to raising the machine, remove any attachments that may interfere with the safe
and proper raising of the machine. Always chock or
block wheels. Use jack stands or solid wood blocks to
support the raised machine. If the machine is not properly supported by blocks or jack stands, the machine
may move or fall, which may result in personal injury
(see Jacking Instructions in this Chapter).

Page 1 – 3

Safety

Maintenance and Service

Jacking Instructions
CAUTION
When raising the machine to change tires or to
perform other service, use correct blocks,
hoists, and jacks. Make sure machine is parked
on a solid level surface such as a concrete floor.
Prior to raising machine, remove any attachments that may interfere with the safe and proper raising of the machine. Always chock or
block wheels. Use jack stands or solid wood
blocks to support the raised machine. If the machine is not properly supported by blocks or
jack stands, the machine may move or fall,
which may result in personal injury.

Figure 1
1. Front jacking points

Jacking the Front End
1. Set parking brake and chock both rear tires to prevent the machine from moving.
2. Position jack securely under the front axle, directly
beneath the leaf springs (Fig. 1).
3. Jack front of machine off the ground.
1

4. Position jack stands or hardwood blocks under the
axle as close to the wheel as possible to support the machine.
Figure 2

Jacking the Rear End

1. Rear jacking points

1. Set parking brake and chock both front tires to prevent the machine from moving.
2. Place jack securely under the rear most frame supports between the angle welds (Fig. 2).
3. Jack rear of machine off the ground.
4. Position jack stands or hardwood blocks under the
frame to support the machine.

Safety and Instruction Decals
Numerous safety and instruction decals are affixed to
the Multi Pro 5700–D. If any decal becomes illegible or
damaged, install a new decal. Part numbers are listed
in your Parts Catalog. Order replacement decals from
your Authorized Toro Distributor.

Safety

Page 1 – 4

Multi Pro 5700–D

Chapter 2

Product Records and Maintenance
PRODUCT RECORDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EQUIVALENTS AND CONVERSIONS . . . . . . . . . . .
Decimal and Millimeter Equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . .
U.S. to Metric Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fastener Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standard Torque for Dry, Zinc Plated and
Steel Fasteners (Inch Series Fasteners) . . . . . .
Standard Torque for Dry, Zinc Plated and
Steel Fasteners (Metric Fasteners) . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Torque Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conversion Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Product Records
and Maintenance

Table of Contents
1
2
2
2
3
3
4
5
6
6
7

Product Records
Insert Operator’s Manual and Parts Catalog for your
Multi Pro 5700--D at the end of this chapter. Additionally,
if any optional equipment has been installed to your
sprayer, insert the Installation Instructions, Operator’s
Manuals and Parts Catalogs for those options at the end
of this chapter.

Multi Pro 5700--D

Page 2 -- 1

Product Records and Maintenance

Equivalents and Conversions

0.09375

Product Records and Maintenance

Page 2 -- 2 Rev. C

Multi Pro 5700--D

Recommended fastener torque values are listed in the
following tables. For critical applications, as determined
by Toro, either the recommended torque or a torque that
is unique to the application is clearly identified and specified in this Service Manual.
These Torque Specifications for the installation and
tightening of fasteners shall apply to all fasteners which
do not have a specific requirement identified in this Service Manual. The following factors shall be considered
when applying torque: cleanliness of the fastener, use
of a thread sealant (e.g. Loctite), degree of lubrication
on the fastener, presence of a prevailing torque feature,
hardness of the surface underneath the fastener’s head,
or similar condition which affects the installation.

As noted in the following tables, torque values should be
reduced by 25% for lubricated fasteners to achieve
the similar stress as a dry fastener. Torque values may
also have to be reduced when the fastener is threaded
into aluminum or brass. The specific torque value
should be determined based on the aluminum or brass
material strength, fastener size, length of thread engagement, etc.
The standard method of verifying torque shall be performed by marking a line on the fastener (head or nut)
and mating part, then back off fastener 1/4 of a turn.
Measure the torque required to tighten the fastener until
the lines match up.

Fastener Identification

Grade 1

Grade 5

Grade 8

Class 8.8

Inch Series Bolts and Screws

Metric Bolts and Screws

Figure 1

Multi Pro 5700–D

Class 10.9

Figure 2

Page 2 – 3

Product Records and Maintenance

Product Records
and Maintenance

Torque Specifications

Standard Torque for Dry, Zinc Plated and Steel Fasteners (Inch Series Fasteners)

Thread Size

Grade 1, 5, &
8 with Thin
Height Nuts

SAE Grade 1 Bolts, Screws, Studs, &
Sems with Regular Height Nuts
(SAE J995 Grade 2 or Stronger Nuts)

in–lb

N–cm

10 + 2

13 + 2

147 + 23

# 6 – 32 UNC
# 6 – 40 UNF
# 8 – 32 UNC
13 + 2

25 + 5

# 10 – 24 UNC
30 + 5

SAE Grade 8 Bolts, Screws, Studs, &
Sems with Regular Height Nuts
(SAE J995 Grade 5 or Stronger Nuts)

in–lb

N–cm

in–lb

N–cm

15 + 2

170 + 20

23 + 2

260 + 20

17 + 2

190 + 20

25 + 2

280 + 20

29 + 3

330 + 30

41 + 4

460 + 45

31 + 3

350 + 30

43 + 4

485 + 45

42 + 4

475 + 45

60 + 6

675 + 70

48 + 4

540 + 45

68 + 6

765 + 70

282 + 30

# 8 – 36 UNF

18 + 2

SAE Grade 5 Bolts, Screws, Studs, &
Sems with Regular Height Nuts
(SAE J995 Grade 2 or Stronger Nuts)

339 + 56

# 10 – 32 UNF
1/4 – 20 UNC

48 + 7

53 + 7

599 + 79

100 + 10

1125 + 100

140 + 15

1580 + 170

1/4 – 28 UNF

53 + 7

65 + 10

734 + 113

115 + 10

1300 + 100

160 + 15

1800 + 170

5/16 – 18 UNC

115 + 15

105 + 17

1186 + 169

200 + 25

2250 + 280

300 + 30

3390 + 340

5/16 – 24 UNF

138 + 17

128 + 17

1446 + 192

225 + 25

2540 + 280

325 + 30

3670 + 340

ft–lb

N–m

ft–lb

N–m

ft–lb

N–m

3/8 – 16 UNC

16 + 2

22 + 3

30 + 3

41 + 4

43 + 4

58 + 5

3/8 – 24 UNF

17 + 2

18 + 2

24 + 3

35 + 3

47 + 4

50 + 4

68 + 5

7/16 – 14 UNC

27 + 3

37 + 4

50 + 5

68 + 7

70 + 7

95 + 9

7/16 – 20 UNF

29 + 3

39 + 4

55 + 5

75 + 7

77 + 7

104 + 9

1/2 – 13 UNC

30 + 3

48 + 7

65 + 9

75 + 8

102 + 11

105 + 10

142 + 14

1/2 – 20 UNF

32 + 3

53 + 7

72 + 9

85 + 8

115 + 11

120 + 10

163 + 14

5/8 – 11 UNC

65 + 10

88 + 12

119 + 16

150 + 15

203 + 20

210 + 20

285 + 27

5/8 – 18 UNF

75 + 10

95 + 15

129 + 20

170 + 15

230 + 20

240 + 20

325 + 27

3/4 – 10 UNC

93 + 12

140 + 20

190 + 27

265 + 25

359 + 34

375 + 35

508 + 47

3/4 – 16 UNF

115 + 15

165 + 25

224 + 34

300 + 25

407 + 34

420 + 35

569 + 47

7/8 – 9 UNC

140 + 20

225 + 25

305 + 34

430 + 45

583 + 61

600 + 60

813 + 81

7/8 – 14 UNF

155 + 25

260 + 30

353 + 41

475 + 45

644 + 61

660 + 60

895 + 81

NOTE: Reduce torque values listed in the table above
by 25% for lubricated fasteners. Lubricated fasteners
are defined as threads coated with a lubricant such as
oil, graphite, or thread sealant such as Loctite.
NOTE: Torque values may have to be reduced when
installing fasteners into threaded aluminum or brass.
The specific torque value should be determined based

Product Records and Maintenance

on the fastener size, the aluminum or base material
strength, length of thread engagement, etc.
NOTE: The nominal torque values listed above for
Grade 5 and 8 fasteners are based on 75% of the minimum proof load specified in SAE J429. The tolerance is
approximately + 10% of the nominal torque value. Thin
height nuts include jam nuts.

Page 2 – 4

Multi Pro 5700–D

Standard Torque for Dry, Zinc Plated and Steel Fasteners (Metric Fasteners)
Class 8.8 Bolts, Screws, and Studs with
Regular Height Nuts
(Class 8 or Stronger Nuts)

Class 10.9 Bolts, Screws, and Studs with
Regular Height Nuts
(Class 10 or Stronger Nuts)

M5 X 0.8

57 + 5 in–lb

640 + 60 N–cm

78 + 7 in–lb

885 + 80 N–cm

M6 X 1.0

96 + 9 in–lb

1018 + 100 N–cm

133 + 13 in–lb

1500 + 150 N–cm

M8 X 1.25

19 + 2 ft–lb

26 + 3 N–m

27 + 2 ft–lb

36 + 3 N–m

M10 X 1.5

38 + 4 ft–lb

52 + 5 N–m

53 + 5 ft–lb

72 + 7 N–m

M12 X 1.75

66 + 7 ft–lb

90 + 10 N–m

92 + 9 ft–lb

125 + 12 N–m

M16 X 2.0

166 + 15 ft–lb

225 + 20 N–m

229 + 22 ft–lb

310 + 30 N–m

M20 X 2.5

325 + 33 ft–lb

440 + 45 N–m

450 + 37 ft–lb

610 + 50 N–m

Multi Pro 5700–D

on the fastener size, the aluminum or base material
strength, length of thread engagement, etc.
NOTE: The nominal torque values listed above are
based on 75% of the minimum proof load specified in
SAE J1199. The tolerance is approximately + 10% of the
nominal torque value.

Page 2 – 5

Product Records and Maintenance

Product Records
and Maintenance

Thread Size

Other Torque Specifications
SAE Grade 8 Steel Set Screws

Wheel Bolts and Lug Nuts

Recommended Torque

Thread Size

Recommended Torque**

Thread Size
Square Head

Hex Socket

1/4 – 20 UNC

140 + 20 in–lb

73 + 12 in–lb

5/16 – 18 UNC

215 + 35 in–lb

145 + 20 in–lb

3/8 – 16 UNC

35 + 10 ft–lb

18 + 3 ft–lb

1/2 – 13 UNC

75 + 15 ft–lb

50 + 10 ft–lb

7/16 – 20 UNF
Grade 5

65 + 10 ft–lb

88 + 14 N–m

1/2 – 20 UNF
Grade 5

80 + 10 ft–lb

108 + 14 N–m

M12 X 1.25
Class 8.8

80 + 10 ft–lb

108 + 14 N–m

M12 X 1.5
Class 8.8

80 + 10 ft–lb

108 + 14 N–m

** For steel wheels and non–lubricated fasteners.
Thread Cutting Screws
(Zinc Plated Steel)
Type 1, Type 23, or Type F
Thread Size

Baseline Torque*

No. 6 – 32 UNC

20 + 5 in–lb

No. 8 – 32 UNC

Thread Cutting Screws
(Zinc Plated Steel)
Thread
Size

Threads per Inch
Baseline Torque*
Type A

Type B

No. 6

20 + 5 in–lb

30 + 5 in–lb

No. 8

30 + 5 in–lb

No. 10 – 24 UNC

38 + 7 in–lb

No. 10

38 + 7 in–lb

1/4 – 20 UNC

85 + 15 in–lb

No. 12

85 + 15 in–lb

5/16 – 18 UNC

110 + 20 in–lb

3/8 – 16 UNC

200 + 100 in–lb

* Hole size, material strength, material thickness & finish
must be considered when determining specific torque
values. All torque values are based on non–lubricated
fasteners.

Conversion Factors
in–lb X 11.2985 = N–cm
ft–lb X 1.3558 = N–m

Product Records and Maintenance

N–cm X 0.08851 = in–lb
N–m X 0.7376 = ft–lb

Page 2 – 6

Multi Pro 5700–D

Maintenance

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 2 – 7

Product Records
and Maintenance

Maintenance procedures and recommended service intervals for the Multi Pro 5700–D are covered in the Operator’s Manual. Refer to that publication when performing
regular equipment maintenance. Several maintenance
procedures have break–in intervals identified in the Operator’s Manual. Refer to the Engine Operator’s Manual
for additional engine specific maintenance procedures.

Product Records and Maintenance

This page is intentionally blank.

Product Records and Maintenance

Page 2 – 8

Multi Pro 5700–D

Chapter 3

Kubota Diesel Engine
Table of Contents

Kubota Diesel
Engine

INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
SERVICE AND REPAIRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Exhaust System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Radiator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
KUBOTA 05 SERIES ENGINE SERVICE MANUAL

Introduction
This Chapter gives information about specifications, adjustments and repair of the Kubota Diesel engine that
powers the Multi Pro 5700–D.
General maintenance procedures are described in your
Operator’s Manual. Information on engine troubleshooting, testing, disassembly and reassembly is identified in
the Kubota 05 Series Engine Service Manual that is included at the end of this section.
Most engine repairs and adjustments require tools
which are commonly available in many service shops.
Special tools are described in the Kubota 05 Series Engine Service Manual. The use of some specialized test
equipment is explained. However, the cost of the test
equipment and the specialized nature of some repairs
may dictate that the work be done at an engine repair
facility.

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 3 – 1

Kubota Diesel Engine

Specifications
Item

Description

Make / Designation

V1505–EB–TORO, Kubota, 4–Cycle, 4 Cylinder,
Water Cooled, Diesel Engine

Horse Power

35.5 HP @ 3000 RPM

Bore mm (in.)

78.0 (3.07)

Stroke mm (in.)

78.4 (3.09)

Total Displacement cc (cu. in.)

1498 (91)

Torque N–m (ft–lb)

84 (62) @ 3000 RPM

Firing Order

1–3–4–2

Fuel

No. 2 Diesel Fuel (ASTM D975)

Fuel Injection Pump

Bosch MD Type Mini Pump

Governor

Centrifugal Mechanical

Low Idle (no load)

1200 – 1250 RPM

High Idle (no load)

3050 – 3150 RPM

Direction of Rotation

Counterclockwise (Viewed from Flywheel)

Compression Ratio

23:1

Injection Nozzles

Mini Nozzle (DN–OPD)

Engine Oil

10W30 Detergent (API CD or better)

Oil Pump

Trochoid Type

Crankcase Oil Capacity liters (U.S. qt.)

4.7 (5) with Filter

Starter

12 VDC, 1 KW

Alternator/Regulator

12 VDC 40 AMP

Dry Weight kilograms (U.S. lbs)

Kubota Diesel Engine

110 (242.5)

Page 3 – 2

Multi Pro 5700–D

Kubota Diesel
Engine

This page is intentionally blank.

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 3 – 3

Kubota Diesel Engine

Service and Repairs
Fuel System

SERIAL NUMBER BELOW 310000000

5
6

1
Thread Sealant
12
7

11
10

18
17

16
22

15 14
13

24
24

FRONT
RIGHT
SERIAL NUMBER ABOVE 310000000
Figure 1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Fuel tank
Fuel cap with gauge
Bushing
Elbow fitting
Hose clamp
Fuel return hose
Elbow fitting
Fuel supply hose
Flange nut (4 used)

Kubota Diesel Engine

10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.

Hold down strap (2 used)
Flange head screw (4 used)
Cushion strip (2 used)
Fuel return hose
Hose clamp
Elbow fitting
Flat washer (2 used)
Cap screw (2 used)
Fuel gauge

Page 3 -- 4

Rev. D

19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.

Tank strap (2 used)
Washer head screw (2 used)
Fuel tank cap
Fuel supply hose
Standpipe (fuel supply)
Grommet
Fuel tank
U-- nut (2 used)

Multi Pro 5700--D

DANGER
2
Because diesel fuel is highly flammable, use
caution when storing or handling it. Do not
smoke while filling the fuel tank. Do not fill fuel
tank while engine is running, hot or when machine is in an enclosed area. Always fill fuel tank
outside and wipe up any spilled fuel before starting the engine. Store fuel in a clean, safety--approved container and keep cap in place. Use diesel fuel for the engine only; not for any other
purpose.

1
SERIAL NUMBER BELOW 310000000

Check Fuel Lines and Connections
1. Fuel filter

2. Fuel hose (from tank)

SERIAL NUMBER ABOVE 310000000

Empty and Clean Fuel Tank
Empty and clean the fuel tank if the fuel system becomes contaminated or if the machine is to be stored for
an extended period.
To clean fuel tank, flush tank out with clean solvent.
Make sure tank is free of contaminates and debris.

2
3
3

Fuel Tank Removal

1. Park machine on a level surface, stop engine, engage parking brake and remove key from the ignition
switch.
2. Use a fuel transfer pump to remove fuel from the fuel
tank and into a suitable container.
3. Loosen hose clamps that secure supply and return
hoses to tank. Remove hoses from tank.
4. Remove fuel tank from machine using Figure 1 as a
guide.
5. If necessary, remove fuel hoses from machine. Note
fuel hose routing for assembly purposes (Fig. 3).

Figure 3
1. Fuel supply hose
2. Fuel return hose

3. R-- clamp

Fuel Tank Installation
1. Install fuel tank to machine using Figure 1 as a guide.
2. If fuel hoses were removed, route fuel hoses through
R--clamps on frame and connect to proper engine and
fuel tank fittings. Secure hoses with hose clamps.
3. Fill fuel tank (see Operator’s Manual).
4. Start engine and check fuel line connections for any
leakage.
Multi Pro 5700--D

Page 3 -- 5 Rev. D

Kubota Diesel Engine

Kubota Diesel
Engine

Figure 2

Check fuel lines and connections periodically as recommended in the Operator’s Manual. Check lines for deterioration, damage, leaks or loose connections. Replace
hoses, clamps and connections as necessary.

Air Cleaner

FRONT
4

RIGHT
5

1
10

6
8
9
7

Figure 4
1.
2.
3.
4.

Air cleaner housing
Mounting band
Flange nut (2 used)
Flat washer (2 used)

Kubota Diesel Engine

5. Air cleaner cover
6. Flange head screw (2 used)
7. Air cleaner cap

Page 3 – 6

8. Foam seal
9. Air cleaner hose
10. Hose clamp

Multi Pro 5700–D

Removal (Fig. 4)
3

NOTE: For air cleaner maintenance information, refer
to the Operator’s Manual.

1. Raise passenger seat to access air cleaner assembly.
2. Remove air cleaner components as needed using
Figure 4 as a guide.
Installation (Fig. 4)

Figure 5
1. Assemble air cleaner system using Figures 4 as a
guide. Make sure that vacuator valve on air cleaner cover points downward after assembly (Fig. 5).

Multi Pro 5700–D

1. Air cleaner housing
2. Air cleaner element

Page 3 – 7

3. Air cleaner cover
4. Vacuator valve

Kubota Diesel Engine

Kubota Diesel
Engine

IMPORTANT: Any leaks in the air filter system will
cause serious engine damage. Make sure that all air
cleaner components are in good condition and are
properly secured during reassembly.

Exhaust System

FRONT
RIGHT

1
2
3

10
8
9

11
13
14
15

11
12
16

17
18

19
15
14
13

13
14
15
21

SERIAL NUMBER BELOW 310000000
Figure 6
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Muffler gasket
Lock washer (4 used)
Cap screw (4 used)
Exhaust pipe
Heat shield (6 used)
Cap screw (2 used)
Lock washer (2 used)

8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

Exhaust pipe bracket
Flange head screw
Flat washer
Flange nut
Exhaust pipe hanger
Cap screw
Lock washer

Removal (Fig. 6 or 7)

CAUTION
The muffler and exhaust pipes may be hot. To
avoid possible burns, allow the engine and exhaust system to cool before working on the exhaust system.
1. Park machine on a level surface, stop engine, engage parking brake and remove key from the ignition
switch.
2. Support muffler from below to prevent it from falling.
Kubota Diesel Engine

15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.

Flat washer
Flange nut
Cap screw
Muffler
Muffler clamp
Tailpipe
Muffler heat shield (2 used)

3. Remove exhaust system components as required
using Fig. 6 (machines with serial number below
310000000) or Fig. 7 (machines with serial number
above 310000000) as a guide. During removal, note
location of fasteners in rubber exhaust system hangers
so hangers are properly assembled.
NOTE: On machines with serial number below
310000000, the muffler inlet is offset and the muffler outlet is centered.
4. Locate and retrieve muffler gasket if exhaust pipe
was removed.
5. Remove heat shields, hangers and brackets from
exhaust components as needed.

Page 3 -- 8 Rev. D

Multi Pro 5700--D

Installation (Fig. 6 or 7)
SERIAL NUMBER ABOVE 310000000

2. Make sure that gasket surfaces on engine exhaust
manifold and exhaust pipe are clean.

NOTE: On machines with serial number below
310000000, the muffler inlet is offset and the muffler outlet is centered.

3. Install all removed exhaust system components using Fig. 6 (machines with serial number below
310000000) or Fig. 7 (machines with serial number
above 310000000) as a guide.

5
9

Multi Pro 5700--D

B. Install rubber exhaust system hangers as noted
during exhaust system removal.

D. Tighten muffler clamps last to secure exhaust
components.

A. During exhaust installation, finger tighten all exhaust system components before fully tightening
any of the fasteners.

C. Make sure that tailpipe outlet is parallel to the
ground.

Kubota Diesel
Engine

1. Install all removed heat shields, hangers and brackets to exhaust components.

Figure 7
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Muffler gasket
Lock washer (4 used)
Cap screw (4 used)
Exhaust pipe
Screw (2 used)
Flat washer (3 used)
Muffler hanger (3 used)

Page 3 -- 9 Rev. D

8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

Flange nut (2 used)
Cap screw (2 used)
Muffler hanger (2 used)
Muffler clamp (2 used)
Muffler
Flange nut
Carriage screw

Kubota Diesel Engine

Radiator

9
8

3
4
3

2
14

FRONT
13
12

RIGHT

16
17
18

4
19
20
24

22
23
18

21
20

25
26

Figure 7
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Oil cooler
Radiator brace (2 used)
Flat washer
Lock washer
Cap screw (2 used)
Cap screw (4 used)
Overflow hose
Hose clamp
Overflow bottle

10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.

Hose
Radiator shroud
Foam seal (2 used)
Foam seal
Radiator
Hose clamp
Upper radiator hose
Lower radiator hose
Flat washer

Removal (Figs. 7)

19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.

Cap screw (4 used)
Fan shroud
Flange nut
Cap screw (2 used)
Foam seal (2 used)
Foam seal (2 used)
Isomount (2 used)
Flange nut (2 used)

2. Drain radiator into a suitable container using the radiator drain (see Operator’s Manual).

1. Park machine on a level surface, stop engine, engage parking brake and remove key from the ignition
switch. Raise seats of machine to allow access to engine compartment.

4. Loosen hose clamp that secures overflow hose to radiator flange (Fig. 9). Slide overflow hose from radiator
flange and position hose away from radiator.

CAUTION
Do not open radiator cap or drain coolant if the
radiator or engine is hot. Pressurized, hot coolant can escape and cause burns. Ethylene–glycol antifreeze is poisonous. Dispose of coolant
properly, or store it in a properly labeled container away from children and pets.

Kubota Diesel Engine

3. Loosen hose clamps that secure radiator hoses. Disconnect upper and lower hoses from the radiator.

5. Remove six (6) cap screws (items 5 and 6), lock
washers and flat washers that secure top and bottom of
radiator shroud to radiator.

Page 3 – 10

Multi Pro 5700–D

6. Disconnect throttle cable from engine (Fig. 8).

8. Reconnect throttle cable to engine (Fig. 8).

A. Loosen jam nut that secures throttle cable to
throttle plate on engine.

A. Position throttle cable end to speed control lever
on engine and secure with e–ring.

B. Remove e–ring that secures throttle cable to
speed control lever on engine.

B. Secure throttle cable to throttle plate on engine
with jam nut.

7. Remove fasteners that secure spray control console
to seat box assembly (Fig. 9). Carefully pivot seats and
control console forward to allow radiator access. Take
care not to damage the wire harness or throttle cable.
8. Remove four (4) cap screws (item 19), lock washers
and flat washers that secure fan shroud to radiator.
9. Remove two (2) cap screws (item 22), flat washers
and flange nuts that attach fan shrouds.
10.Carefully lift upper fan shroud from machine.

9. Secure radiator shroud to radiator with six (6) cap
screws (items 5 and 6), lock washers and flat washers.
10.Place overflow hose to radiator flange and secure
with hose clamp (Fig. 9).
11. Make sure radiator drain is closed. Fill radiator with
coolant (see Operator’s Manual).
12.Check position of wires, hydraulic hoses and control
cables for proper clearance with rotating, high temperature and moving components.
13.Start engine and check for proper operation. Check
all hose connections for leaks.

11. Remove two (2) flange nuts (item 26) that secure the
isomounts on the bottom of the radiator to the machine
frame.

12.Carefully lift radiator up from machine.
Installation (Figs. 7)
1. Replace any foam seal pieces that are damaged or
deteriorated.

2. Make sure that lower fan shroud is positioned below
fan.
3. Carefully lower radiator to the machine frame. Secure isomounts on the bottom of the radiator to the machine frame with two (2) flange nuts.

Figure 8
1. Throttle cable

2. Throttle plate

4. Position upper fan shroud to radiator. Attach fan
shrouds with cap screws (item 22), flat washers and
flange nuts.
2

5. Secure radiator shrouds to radiator with four (4) cap
screws (item 19), lock washers and flat washers. Make
sure that clearance exists between radiator shrouds
and fan at all points before tightening fasteners.

6. Connect lower and upper hoses to the radiator. Secure hoses with hose clamps.

7. Carefully pivot seats and spray control console back
in position taking care not to damage wiring harness or
throttle cable. Install fasteners to secure control console
to seat box assembly.

Figure 9
1. Overflow hose

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 3 – 11

2. Spray console fastener

Kubota Diesel Engine

Kubota Diesel
Engine

C. Position throttle cable away from the engine.

Engine

FRONT
RIGHT

5
2

23
24

18
19

25
26
27
30

15 14

18
17
22
20
18
21
19

29
28
12
11
7

9
10

Figure 11
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Engine assembly
E-- ring
Hose clamp
Air cleaner hose
Air cleaner assembly
Fuel pump
Fuel filter (if equipped)
Water/fuel filter
Snubbing washer
Flange nut

11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.

Engine mount (4 used)
Cap screw
Lock washer
Cap screw
Front engine bracket (RH shown)
Lock nut
Throttle plate
Lock washer
Cap screw
Lock washer

Removal (Fig. 11)
1. Park machine on a level surface, stop engine and remove key from the ignition switch. Raise machine to allow engine to be lowered from frame.
2. Disconnect negative (--) and then positive (+) battery
cables at the battery.
3. Loosen hose clamps that secure air cleaner hose to
engine air intake and air cleaner assembly. Remove air
cleaner hose.

Kubota Diesel Engine

21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.

Cap screw
Cap screw
Coupling
Cap screw
Set screw
Lock washer
Cap screw
Rear engine bracket (2 used)
Cap screw (4 used)
Flywheel housing

CAUTION
Do not open radiator cap or drain coolant if the
radiator or engine is hot. Pressurized, hot coolant can escape and cause burns. Ethylene--glycol antifreeze is poisonous. Dispose of coolant
properly, or store it in a properly labeled container away from children and pets.
4. Drain coolant from the radiator into a suitable container (see Operator’s Manual).

Page 3 -- 12 Rev. D

Multi Pro 5700--D

CAUTION

4
3

Exhaust system components may be hot. To
avoid possible burns, allow the exhaust system
to cool before working on or near the muffler.
5. Remove exhaust system from engine (see Exhaust
System Removal in this section).

6. Remove upper and lower radiator hoses from engine.
Figure 11
1. Starter motor stud
2. Negative battery cable

3. Harness ground wire
4. Motor mount

Kubota Diesel
Engine

7. Disconnect engine electrical connections. Position
wires away from engine.
NOTE: Label all electrical leads for reassembly purposes.
A. Remove positive battery cable, cable to accessory solenoid and fusible link connector from electric
starter motor solenoid stud (Fig. 11). Remove cable
tie that secures fusible link connector to starter.

B. Disconnect wire harness white wire and violet/
white wire connectors from starter motor.
C. Remove cap screw and lock washer that secure
negative battery cable and wire harness ground wire
to engine (Fig. 11).

Figure 12
1. Temperature sender

D. Remove orange wire from glow plug terminal.
E. Disconnect blue wire from temperature sender
(Fig. 12).
F. Remove cable from alternator stud. Disconnect
wire harness connector from alternator (Fig. 13).

G. Disconnect brown/white wire from oil pressure
switch (Fig. 13).
3

H. Disconnect wire harness connector from fuel
stop solenoid (Fig. 14).
8. Clamp fuel supply hose after the water/fuel filter to
prevent leakage (Fig. 14). Disconnect fuel hose from the
fuel injector pump on engine. Position disconnected fuel
hose away from engine.
IMPORTANT: Support hydraulic pump assembly to
prevent it from falling and being damaged.

4
Figure 13
1. Alternator
2. Alternator stud

3. Harness connector
4. Oil pressure switch

9. Remove hydraulic pump assembly from engine (see
Pump Assembly in Service and Repairs section of
Chapter 4 – Hydraulic System).

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 3 – 13

Kubota Diesel Engine

10.Remove throttle cable from engine (Fig. 14).
A. Loosen jam nut that secures throttle cable to
throttle plate on engine.

B. Remove e–ring that secures throttle cable to
speed control lever on engine.
C. Position throttle cable away from the engine.

11. Note location of any cable ties used to secure the wiring harness, fuel lines or hydraulic hoses to the engine
assembly. Remove cable ties attached to engine assembly.
IMPORTANT: Support engine assembly to prevent
it from falling and being damaged during removal.
12.Remove flange nuts, snubbing washers and cap
screws securing the engine brackets to the machine
frame (Fig. 11).
IMPORTANT: Make sure not to damage the engine,
fuel hoses, hydraulic lines, electrical harness or
other parts while removing the engine assembly.

3
Figure 14
1. Fuel stop solenoid
2. Fuel supply hose
3. Water/fuel filter

4. Throttle cable
5. Throttle plate

6. Connect machine wire harness to engine electrical
components (see step 7 in removal procedure).
7. Connect fuel supply hose to the fuel injector pump on
engine (Fig. 14). Remove clamp from fuel hose.
8. Reconnect throttle cable to engine (Fig. 14).

13.Using a hoist or lift, carefully lower engine from the
machine.
14.If necessary, remove engine brackets from the engine and engine mounts from frame.

A. Position throttle cable end to speed control lever
on engine and secure with e–ring.
B. Secure throttle cable to throttle plate on engine
with jam nut.

Installation (Fig. 10)
1. Locate machine on a level surface with key removed
from the ignition switch. Raise machine to allow engine
to be raised into frame.
2. Make sure that all parts removed from the engine
during maintenance or rebuilding are reinstalled to the
engine.
3. If engine brackets were removed from engine, secure brackets to engine with cap screws and lock washers.

9. Install upper and lower radiator hoses to engine. Secure hoses with hose clamps.
IMPORTANT: During hydraulic pump installation,
support pump to prevent it from falling and being
damaged.
10.Install hydraulic pump assembly to engine (see
Pump Assembly in Service and Repairs section of
Chapter 4 – Hydraulic System).

4. If engine mounts were removed from frame, secure
mounts to frame with cap screws and flange nuts.

IMPORTANT: Any leaks in the air intake system will
cause serious engine damage. Make sure that all air
cleaner components are in good condition and are
properly secured during reassembly.

IMPORTANT: Support engine assembly to prevent
it from falling and being damaged during installation.

11. Install air cleaner hose to engine and air cleaner assembly. Make sure that hose clamps are properly tightened.

IMPORTANT: Make sure not to damage the engine,
fuel hoses, hydraulic lines, electrical harness or
other parts while installing the engine assembly.

12.Install exhaust system (see Exhaust System Installation in this section).

5. Using a hoist or lift, carefully raise engine assembly
from under machine and position to frame. Insert cap
screws through engine brackets and motor mounts from
above (Fig. 11). Install flange nuts on cap screws and
tighten nuts.
Kubota Diesel Engine

13.Install cable ties to secure the wiring harness, fuel
lines and hydraulic hoses to the engine assembly using
notes taken during engine removal.
14.Properly fill the radiator with coolant (see Operator’s
Manual).

Page 3 – 14

Multi Pro 5700–D

15.Check engine oil level and adjust if necessary (see
Operator’s Manual).
16.Connect positive (+) and then negative (–) battery
cables to the battery.
17.Check position of wires, fuel lines, hydraulic hoses
and cables for proper clearance with rotating, high temperature and moving components.

Kubota Diesel
Engine

18.Start engine and check for proper operation. Check
all hose connections for leaks. Check engine speed.

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 3 – 15

Kubota Diesel Engine

This page is intentionally blank.

Kubota Diesel Engine

Page 3 – 16

Multi Pro 5700–D

Chapter 4

Hydraulic System
SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
GENERAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Hydraulic Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Hydraulic Fitting Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Towing Sprayer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Check Hydraulic Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
HYDRAULIC FLOW CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Traction Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Steering Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Spray Pump Drive Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Hydraulic Pressure Test Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Hydraulic Tester (Pressure and Flow) . . . . . . . . . 12
Hydraulic Test Fitting Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
TESTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Traction Circuit Charge Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . 17
Traction Circuit Relief Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . 18
Gear Pump Flow Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Steering Circuit Relief Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . 20
Steering Control Valve and Steering
Cylinder Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Spray Pump Drive Circuit Relief Pressure Test . 22
Wheel Motor Efficiency: Case Drain Test . . . . . . 23
Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Valve Flow Test 24
ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Adjust Traction Pedal for Neutral (Machines with
Serial Numbers Below 310000000) . . . . . . . . . 25
Adjust Traction Pedal for Neutral (Machines with
Serial Numbers Above 310000000) . . . . . . . . . 25
Adjust Relief Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Multi Pro 5700--D

SERVICE AND REPAIRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
General Precautions for Removing and Installing
Hydraulic System Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Check Hydraulic Lines and Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Flush Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Charge Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Gear Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Gear Pump Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Piston (Traction) Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Piston (Traction) Pump Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Manual Servo Control Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Wheel Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Wheel Motor Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Spray Pump Drive Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Spray Pump Drive Motor Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Relief Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Valve . . . . . . . . . 46
Steering Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Steering Control Valve Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Steering Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Steering Cylinder Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Oil Cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Hydraulic Reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
EATON MODEL 26000 SINGLE GEAR PUMP REPAIR
INFORMATION
EATON MODEL 72400 SERVO CONTROLLED PISTON PUMP REPAIR INFORMATION
EATON MODEL 74318 and 74348 PISTON MOTORS:
FIXED DISPLACEMENT, VALVE PLATE DESIGN
REPAIR INFORMATION
PARKER TORQLINKTM SERVICE PROCEDURE

Page 4 -- 1 Rev. D

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic
System

Table of Contents

This page is intentionally blank.

Hydraulic System

Page 4 -- 2

Multi Pro 5700--D

Specifications
Item

Description

Piston (Traction) Pump
System Relief Pressure: Forward
System Relief Pressure: Reverse
Charge Pressure

Variable displacement piston pump
4000 PSI (276 bar)
4000 PSI (276 bar)
250 to 300 PSI (17 to 21 bar)

Gear Pump
Steering Circuit Relief Pressure
Spray Pump Circuit Relief Pressure

Single section, positive displacement gear pump
1000 PSI (69 bar)
1500 PSI (103 bar)

Rear Wheel Motors

Fixed displacement piston motor

Spray Pump Motor

Orbital rotor motor

Hydraulic Filter

10 Micron spin--on cartridge type

Hydraulic Reservoir

12 gal. (45 l)
See Operator’s Manual

Hydraulic
System

Hydraulic Oil

Multi Pro 5700--D

Page 4 -- 3

Hydraulic System

General Information
Hydraulic Hoses
Hydraulic hoses are subject to extreme conditions such
as pressure differentials during operation and exposure
to weather, sun, chemicals, very warm storage conditions, or mishandling during operation and maintenance. These conditions can cause damage or
premature deterioration. Some hoses are more susceptible to these conditions than others. Inspect the hoses
frequently for signs of deterioration or damage.
When replacing a hydraulic hose, be sure that the hose
is straight (not twisted) before tightening the fittings.
This can be done by observing the imprint on the hose.
Use two wrenches; hold the hose straight with one
wrench and tighten the hose swivel nut onto the fitting
with the other wrench.

WARNING
Before disconnecting or performing any work
on hydraulic system, relieve all pressure in
system. Stop engine and rotate the steering
wheel.
Keep body and hands away from pin hole leaks
or nozzles that eject hydraulic fluid under high
pressure. Use paper or cardboard, not hands,
to search for leaks. Hydraulic fluid escaping
under pressure can have sufficient force to
penetrate the skin and cause serious injury. If
fluid is injected into the skin, it must be surgically removed within a few hours by a doctor
familiar with this type of injury. Gangrene may
result from such an injury.

Hydraulic Fitting Installation
O--Ring Face Seal
Nut

1. Make sure both threads and sealing surfaces are
free of burrs, nicks, scratches, or any foreign material.

Body

Sleeve

2. Make sure the O--ring is installed and properly
seated in the groove. It is recommended that the O--ring
be replaced any time the connection is opened.

Seal

3. Lubricate the O--ring with a light coating of oil.
4. Put the tube and nut squarely into position on the
face seal end of the fitting and tighten the nut until finger
tight.

Figure 1

5. Mark the nut and fitting body. Hold the body with a
wrench. Use another wrench to tighten the nut to the correct Flats From Finger Tight (F.F.F.T.). The markings on
the nut and fitting body will verify that the connection has
been tightened.
Size
4 (1/4 in. nominal hose or tubing)
6 (3/8 in.)
8 (1/2 in.)
10 (5/8 in.)
12 (3/4 in.)
16 (1 in.)

Hydraulic System

Final
Position
Mark Nut
and Body

F.F.F.T.
0.75 + 0.25
0.75 + 0.25
0.75 + 0.25
1.00 + 0.25
0.75 + 0.25
0.75 + 0.25

Extend Line

Finger Tight

Initial
Position

After Proper Tightening
Figure 2

Page 4 -- 4

Multi Pro 5700--D

SAE Straight Thread O--Ring Port -- Non--adjustable
1. Make sure both threads and sealing surfaces are
free of burrs, nicks, scratches, or any foreign material.
2. Always replace the O--ring seal when this type of fitting shows signs of leakage.
3. Lubricate the O--ring with a light coating of oil.

O--Ring

4. Install the fitting into the port and tighten it down full
length until finger tight.

Size
4 (1/4 in. nominal hose or tubing)
6 (3/8 in.)
8 (1/2 in.)
10 (5/8 in.)
12 (3/4 in.)
16 (1 in.)

F.F.F.T.
1.00 + 0.25
1.50 + 0.25
1.50 + 0.25
1.50 + 0.25
1.50 + 0.25
1.50 + 0.25

NOTE: Installation torque values for non--adjustable fittings are listed in Figure 4. These torque values should
only be used when a fitting can be accessed with a
socket. Use of an offset wrench (e.g. crowfoot wrench)
will affect torque wrench accuracy and should not be
used.

Fitting Size

Installation Torque

9--10 ft--lb (12--13 N--m)

20--21 ft--lb (27--28 N--m)

35--37 ft--lb (47--50 N--m)

60--66 ft--lb (81--89 N--m)

81--87 ft--lb (110--117 N--m)

121--131 ft--lb (164--177 N--m)
Figure 4
Hydraulic
System

5. Tighten the fitting to the correct Flats From Finger
Tight (F.F.F.T.).

Figure 3

SAE Straight Thread O--Ring Port -- Adjustable
1. Make sure both threads and sealing surfaces are
free of burrs, nicks, scratches, or any foreign material.
2. Always replace the O--ring seal when this type of fitting shows signs of leakage.
Lock Nut

3. Lubricate the O--ring with a light coating of oil.
4. Turn back the jam nut as far as possible. Make sure
the back up washer is not loose and is pushed up as far
as possible (Step 1).

Back--up Washer
O--Ring

Figure 5

5. Install the fitting into the port and tighten finger tight
until the washer contacts the face of the port (Step 2).
6. To put the fitting in the desired position, unscrew it by
the required amount, but no more than one full turn
(Step 3).
7. Hold the fitting in the desired position with a wrench
and turn the jam nut with another wrench to the correct
Flats From Finger Tight (F.F.F.T.) (Step 4).
Size
4 (1/4 in. nominal hose or tubing)
6 (3/8 in.)
8 (1/2 in.)
10 (5/8 in.)
12 (3/4 in.)
16 (1 in.)

Multi Pro 5700--D

Step 1

Step 3

Step 2

Step 4

F.F.F.T.
1.00 + 0.25
1.50 + 0.25
1.50 + 0.25
1.50 + 0.25
1.50 + 0.25
1.50 + 0.25

Figure 6

Page 4 -- 5

Hydraulic System

Towing Sprayer
IMPORTANT: If towing limits are exceeded, severe
damage to the piston (traction) pump may occur.
If it becomes necessary to tow (or push) the machine,
tow (or push) at a speed below 3 mph (4.8 kph). The
piston (traction) pump is equipped with a by--pass valve
that needs to be turned 90o for towing (or pushing). See
Operator’s Manual for Towing Procedures.

Figure 7
1. By--pass valve location

Check Hydraulic Fluid
The Multi Pro 5700--D hydraulic system is designed to
operate on anti--wear hydraulic fluid. The reservoir
holds approximately 12 gallons (45 liters) of hydraulic
fluid. Check level of hydraulic fluid daily. See Operator’s Manual for fluid level checking procedure and hydraulic oil recommendations.

Figure 8
1. Hydraulic reservoir cap

Hydraulic System

Page 4 -- 6

Multi Pro 5700--D

Hydraulic
System

This page is intentionally blank.

Multi Pro 5700--D

Page 4 -- 7

Hydraulic System

FLOW DURING
FORWARD MOTION

WHEEL
MOTOR

Page 4 -- 8
TO REMOTE

(5.8 GPM)
(275 PSI)

WHEEL
MOTOR
HYDRAULIC
RESERVOIR

(5.8 GPM VAC)

(13 GPM VAC)

(0--17 GPM MAX)

MAIN RETURN

(12.5 GPM) (0--20 PSI)

KUBOTA
DIESEL
ENGINE

NOTE: FLOWS SHOWN ARE AT
FULL ENGINE SPEED (3100 RPM),
FORWARD MOTION AND TURNING
TO THE RIGHT

MAIN PRESSURE

FLOW DURING FORWARD MOTION

CHARGE PORT

GEAR
PUMP

RELIEF
VALVE

PRIORITY FLOW

PISTON
PUMP
UPPER
LOWER

(0--4000 PSI)

FILTER

CHARGE
PUMP
PRESSURE

NOMINAL SPRAYER

(9.5 GPM SECONDARY FLOW) (0--1500 PSI)

(9.5 GPM) (0--75 PSI)

SECONDARY
FLOW

CASE DRAIN

(0--9.5 GPM)

PULSE WIDTH
MODULATED
VALVE

HYDRAULIC
MOTOR

(CHARGE PUMP
PRESSURE)

IN = PRESSURE
CF = CONTROLLED
FLOW
EX = BYPASS

SPRAY PUMP

F L R T

STEERING
VALVE

(3 GPM) (0--75 PSI)

(3 GPM) (0--1000PSI)

FLOW DURING
RIGHT TURN

STEERING
CYLINDER

T = TANK
R = WORKING PRESSURE
L = WORKING PRESSURE
P = PRESSURE

Hydraulic Schematic

OIL COOLER

RADIATOR

(0--20 PSI)

Multi Pro 5700--D

Hydraulic Flow Circuits
Traction Circuit

Traction circuit pressure (forward or reverse) can be
measured by installing a tee fitting and gauge into the
traction system hydraulic lines.

Multi Pro 5700–D

The piston (traction) pump and wheel motors use a
small amount of hydraulic oil for internal lubrication. Oil
is designed to leak across pump and motor parts into the
case drain. This leakage results in the loss of hydraulic
oil from the closed loop traction circuit that must be replaced.
The piston (traction) pump incorporates a charge pump
that provides make–up oil for the traction circuit. This
gerotor gear pump is driven by the piston pump drive
shaft. It provides a constant supply of charge oil to the
traction circuit to make up for oil that is lost due to internal leakage in the piston pump and wheel motors.
Charge pump flow is directed through the oil filter and to
the low pressure side of the closed loop traction circuit.
Pressure in the charge circuit is limited by a relief valve
located in the charge plate adapter on the rear of the piston pump. Charge pump pressure can be measured at
the auxiliary test port on the side of the piston pump.

Page 4 – 9

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic
System

The traction circuit piston pump is a variable displacement pump that is directly coupled to the engine flywheel. Pushing the top of the traction pedal rotates the
pump swash plate to create a flow of oil for forward machine movement. Pushing the bottom of the traction
pedal rotates the pump swash plate to cause oil flow for
reverse machine movement. This oil is directed to the
rear wheel motors. Operating pressure on the high pressure side of the closed traction circuit loop is determined
by the amount of load developed at the fixed displacement wheel motors. As the load increases, circuit pressure can increase to relief valve settings: 4000 PSI in
either forward or reverse. If pressure exceeds the relief
setting, oil flows through the relief valve to the low pressure side of the closed loop circuit.

Steering Circuit
that flow goes through the top of the spool. Flow entering
the steering control valve from the gear pump goes
through the spool and is routed through the rotary meter
(V1) and out the L port. Pressure extends the steering
cylinder piston for a left turn. The rotary meter ensures
that the oil flow to the cylinder is proportional to the
amount of the turning on the steering wheel. Fluid leaving the cylinder flows back through the spool valve, then
to the oil cooler and returns to the reservoir.

A single section gear pump is coupled to the piston (traction) pump. The gear pump supplies hydraulic flow to
the steering control valve and the spray pump drive hydraulic motor. Pump hydraulic flow is delivered to the
two circuits through a flow divider with the steering circuit having priority. The gear pump takes its suction from
the hydraulic reservoir. Steering circuit pressure is limited by a relief valve located in the gear pump.
The steering control valve includes a check valve that allows steering operation when the engine is not running.
Steering wheel rotation with the engine off causes oil
flow from the steering control gerotor. The check valve
opens in this situation to allow oil flow from the steering
control to the steering cylinder in a closed loop.

The steering control valve returns to the neutral position
when turning is completed.
Right Turn

Left Turn

When a right turn is made with the engine running, the
turning of the steering wheel positions the spool valve so
that flow goes through the bottom of the spool. Flow entering the steering control valve from the gear pump
goes through the spool and is routed through rotary meter (V1) but goes out port R. Pressure contracts the
steering cylinder piston for a right turn. The rotary meter
ensures that the oil flow to the cylinder is proportional to
the amount of the turning on the steering wheel. Fluid
leaving the cylinder flows back through the spool valve,
then to the oil cooler and returns to the reservoir.

When a left turn is made with the engine running, the
turning of the steering wheel positions the spool valve so

The steering control valve returns to the neutral position
when turning is completed.

Hydraulic flow and pressure to the steering control valve
can be monitored at the outlet of the gear pump.
With the steering wheel in the neutral position and the
engine running, gear pump flow enters the steering control valve (port P) and goes through the steering control
spool valve, by–passing the rotary meter (V1) and steering cylinder. Flow leaves the control valve (port T), to the
oil cooler, and returns to the hydraulic oil reservoir.

STEERING CYLINDER
NO PISTON MOVEMENT

STEERING
CONTROL

NEUTRAL POSITION

STEERING CYLINDER
PISTON MOVEMENT

STEERING
CONTROL

LEFT TURN

STEERING CYLINDER
PISTON MOVEMENT

STEERING
CONTROL

RIGHT TURN

Figure 9

Hydraulic System

Page 4 – 10

Multi Pro 5700–D

Spray Pump Drive Circuit

Spray pump drive circuit hydraulic flow and pressure
can be monitored at the outlet of the gear pump.
Hydraulic flow control for the spray pump drive hydraulic
motor is completed by the Pulse Width Modulated
(PWM) Valve. The PWM Valve consists of an electric solenoid valve that allows the operator to adjust hydraulic
flow to the spray pump motor. The spray pump on/off
and application rate (increase/decrease) switches are
used to adjust electrical current to the PWM Valve solenoid.
With the engine running and the spray pump switch in
the OFF position, the solenoid valve in the PWM Valve
is not energized. All gear pump flow to the PWM Valve
is directed out the EX port of the PWM Valve, to the oil
cooler, and returns to the hydraulic oil reservoir. The
spray pump hydraulic motor receives no hydraulic flow
so the spray system pump is not rotated and no spray
system flow is available.

Multi Pro 5700–D

With the engine running and the spray pump switch in
the ON position, the solenoid valve in the PWM Valve is
energized. Based on available current (mA) from the
spray pump application rate (increase/decrease)
switch, the solenoid spool valve in the PWM Valve directs some gear pump flow out the CF port to the spray
pump hydraulic motor. This hydraulic flow causes the
motor to rotate the spray system pump for spray system
operation. Gear pump hydraulic flow in excess of PWM
solenoid spool valve setting is directed out the EX port
of the PWM Valve, to the oil cooler, and returns to the hydraulic oil reservoir.
The spray pump application rate (increase/decrease)
switch allows the operator to adjust electrical current to
the PWM Valve solenoid. Higher current (rate increase)
to the PWM Valve solenoid increases hydraulic flow to
the spray pump motor and results in a higher spray
pump speed with more spray system output/pressure.
Lower current (rate decrease) to the PWM Valve solenoid decreases hydraulic flow to the spray pump motor
and results in a lower spray pump speed with less spray
system output/pressure.
NOTE: Correct operation of the PWM Valve depends
on precision manufacturer’s assembly and adjustment.
No disassembly or adjustment of the PWM Valve is recommended.

Page 4 – 11

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic
System

A single section gear pump is coupled directly to the piston (traction) pump. The gear pump supplies hydraulic
flow to the steering control valve and the spray pump
drive hydraulic motor. Gear pump hydraulic flow is delivered to the two circuits through a flow divider with the
steering circuit having priority. The gear pump takes its
suction from the hydraulic reservoir. Spray pump drive
circuit pressure is limited by an adjustable relief valve located on the outside of the piston (traction) pump.

Special Tools
Order these special tools from your Toro Distributor.

Hydraulic Pressure Test Kit
Toro Part Number: TOR47009
Use to take various pressure readings for diagnostic
tests. Quick disconnect fittings provided attach directly
to mating fittings on machine test ports without tools. A
high pressure hose is provided for remote readings.
Contains one each: 1000 PSI (70 Bar), 5000 PSI (350
Bar) and 10000 PSI (700 Bar) gauges. Use gauges as
recommended in Testing section of this chapter.

Figure 10

Hydraulic Tester (Pressure and Flow)
Toro Part Number: TOR214678
Use to test hydraulic circuits and components for flow
and pressure capacities as recommended in the Testing
section of this chapter. This tester includes the following:
1. INLET HOSE: Hose connected from the system circuit to the inlet side of the hydraulic tester.
2. LOAD VALVE: A simulated working load is created
in the circuit by turning the valve to restrict flow.
3. PRESSURE GAUGE: Glycerine filled 0 to 5000 PSI
gauge to provide operating circuit pressure.
4. FLOW METER: This meter measures actual oil flow
in the operating circuit with a gauge rated from 1 to 15
GPM (5 to 55 LPM).

Figure 11

5. OUTLET HOSE: A hose from the outlet side of the
hydraulic tester connects to the hydraulic system circuit.
6. FITTINGS: An assortment of hydraulic fittings are included with this kit.

Hydraulic System

Page 4 -- 12 Rev. D

Multi Pro 5700--D

O--Ring Kit
Toro Part Number: 16--3799
The kit includes O--rings in a variety of sizes for face seal
and port seal hydraulic connections. It is recommended
that O--rings be replaced whenever a hydraulic connection is loosened.

Figure 12

Toro Part Number: TOR4079
This kit includes a variety of O--ring Face Seal fittings to
enable connection of test gauges to the hydraulic system.

TORO TEST FITTING KIT (NO. TOR4079)

The kit includes: tee’s, unions, reducers, plugs, caps
and test fittings.

Figure 13

Multi Pro 5700--D

Page 4 -- 13 Rev. C

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic
Hydraulic
System
System

Hydraulic Test Fitting Kit

Troubleshooting
The cause of an improperly functioning hydraulic system is best diagnosed with the use of proper testing
equipment and a thorough understanding of the complete hydraulic system.
A hydraulic system with an excessive increase in heat
or noise has a potential for failure. Should either of these
conditions be noticed, immediately stop the machine,
turn off the engine, locate the cause of the trouble, and
correct it before allowing the machine to be used again.

Continued use of an improperly functioning hydraulic
system could lead to extensive internal component
damage.
The chart that follows contains information to assist in
troubleshooting. There may possibly be more than one
cause for a machine malfunction.
Refer to the Testing section of this Chapter for precautions and specific test procedures.

Problem

Possible Cause

Hydraulic oil leaks.

Hydraulic fitting(s) or hose(s) are loose or damaged.
O--ring(s) or seal(s) are missing or damaged.

Foaming hydraulic fluid.

Oil level in reservoir is incorrect.
Hydraulic system has wrong kind of oil.
Piston and/or gear pump suction line has an air leak.
Water in hydraulic system.

Hydraulic system operates hot.

Oil level in reservoir is incorrect.
Hydraulic hose is kinked.
Oil is contaminated or incorrect viscosity.
Brakes are engaged or sticking.
Piston pump by--pass valve is open or damaged.
Hydraulic oil cooling system is not operating properly.
Charge pressure is low.
Traction circuit pressure is incorrect.
Wheel motor(s) or spray pump motor is/are worn or damaged.
Gear pump or piston (traction) pump is worn or damaged.

Machine operates in one direction
only.

Traction control linkage is faulty.

Traction pedal is sluggish.

Traction control linkage is stuck or binding.

System charge check valve and/or system relief valve is defective.

Piston pump manual servo control assembly is damaged.
Piston pump or wheel motor(s) are worn or damaged.
Charge pressure is low.

Hydraulic System

Page 4 -- 14

Multi Pro 5700--D

Machine travels too far before stopping when the traction pedal is released.

Traction linkage is binding or out of adjustment.
Piston pump manual servo control assembly is damaged.
Traction pedal does not return to neutral.

Traction power is lost or unit will not
operate in either direction.

Brakes are engaged or sticking.
Traction control linkage is damaged or disconnected.
Hydraulic reservoir oil level is low.
Piston pump by--pass valve is open or damaged.
Charge pressure is low.
Traction circuit pressure is low.
Rear wheel motor couplers are damaged.

Steering inoperative or sluggish

Engine speed is too low.
Steering cylinder is binding.

Check valve in steering control valve is sticking, worn or damaged.
Steering relief valve is stuck open.
Steering control valve is worn or damaged.
Steering cylinder leaks internally.
Priority valve in gear pump is sticking, worn or damaged.
Gear pump is worn or damaged.
Turning steering wheel turns machine in the wrong direction.

Hoses to the steering cylinder are reversed.

Spray pump hydraulic motor does
not rotate.

PWM Valve solenoid valve is sticking or damaged.

Steering cylinder has internal leak.

PWM Valve solenoid or circuit wiring has electrical problem (see
Chapter 5 -- Electrical System).
Priority valve in gear pump is sticking or damaged.
Spray pump hydraulic motor is worn or damaged.

Multi Pro 5700--D

Page 4 -- 15

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic
System

Reservoir oil level is low.

Testing
The most effective method for isolating problems in the
hydraulic system is by using hydraulic test equipment
such as pressure gauges and flow meters in the hydraulic circuits during various operational checks (See the
Special Tools section in this Chapter).
Before Performing Hydraulic Tests
IMPORTANT: All obvious areas such as hydraulic
oil supply, oil filter, binding linkages, loose fasteners, or improper adjustments must be checked before assuming that a hydraulic component is the
source of a hydraulic problem.

WARNING
Before performing any work on the hydraulic
system, system pressure must be relieved and
all rotating machine parts must come to a stop.
Turn ignition switch OFF and remove key from
switch. When engine has stopped rotating, operate all hydraulic controls to relieve hydraulic
system pressure.
Precautions for Hydraulic Testing

CAUTION
Failure to use gauges with recommended pressure (PSI) rating as listed in test procedures
could result in damage to the gauge and possible
personal injury from leaking hot oil.

WARNING

CAUTION
All testing should be performed by two (2)
people. One person should be in the seat to operate the machine, and the other person should
read and record test results.
1. Clean machine thoroughly before disconnecting or
disassembling any hydraulic components. Always keep
in mind the need for cleanliness when working on hydraulic equipment. Contamination will cause excessive
wear of hydraulic components.
2. Put metal caps or plugs on any hydraulic lines left
open or exposed during testing or removal of components.
3. The engine must be in good operating condition. Use
a phototac to check engine speed when performing a
hydraulic test. Engine speed will affect the accuracy of
the tester readings.
4. The inlet and the outlet hoses for tester with pressure
and flow capabilities must be properly connected. If
hoses are reversed, damage to the hydraulic tester or
components can occur.
5. When using hydraulic tester with pressure and flow
capabilities, completely open tester load valve before
starting engine to minimize the possibility of damage to
components.
6. Install tester fittings finger tight and far enough to
make sure that they are not cross–threaded before tightening them with a wrench.
7. Position tester hoses to prevent rotating machine
parts from contacting and damaging the hoses or tester.

Keep body and hands away from pin hole leaks
or nozzles that eject hydraulic fluid under high
pressure. Do not use hands to search for
leaks; use paper or cardboard. Hydraulic fluid
escaping under pressure can have sufficient
force to penetrate the skin and cause serious
injury. If fluid is injected into the skin, it must
be surgically removed within a few hours by a
doctor familiar with this type of injury. Gangrene may result from such an injury.

8. Check oil level in the hydraulic reservoir. After connecting test equipment, make sure reservoir is full.
9. Check control linkages for improper adjustment,
binding, or broken parts.
10.After installing test gauges, run engine at low speed
and check for any hydraulic oil leaks.
11. All hydraulic tests should be made with the hydraulic
oil at normal operating temperature.
12.Before returning machine to use, make sure that hydraulic reservoir has correct fluid level. Also, check for
hydraulic leaks after test equipment has been removed
from hydraulic system.

Hydraulic System

Page 4 – 16

Multi Pro 5700–D

Traction Circuit Charge Pressure Test
1. Make sure hydraulic oil is at normal operating temperature by operating the machine for approximately 10
minutes. Make sure the hydraulic tank is full.
2. Park machine on a level surface, stop engine, engage parking brake, and remove key from the ignition
switch. After turning engine off, operate all hydraulic
controls to relieve hydraulic system pressure.
1

CAUTION
Prevent personal injury and/or damage to equipment. Read all WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, and Precautions for Hydraulic Testing at the beginning
of this section.

Figure 13
1. Auxiliary test port plug

Hydraulic
System

3. Remove plug from auxiliary test port on left side of
piston (traction) pump (Fig. 13). Connect a 1000 PSI
gauge into auxiliary test port.
4. After installing pressure gauge, start engine and run
at idle speed. Check for hydraulic leakage and correct
before proceeding with test.
5. Operate the engine at high idle engine speed (3050
– 3150 RPM) with no load on the hydraulic system.
GAUGE READING TO BE 250 to 300 PSI.
6. Stop engine and record test results.
7. If there is no pressure, or pressure is low, check for
restriction in pump suction line. Also, inspect charge relief valve located in charge pump adapter on piston
pump. If necessary, check for internal damage or worn
parts in charge pump.
8. Also, with the pressure gauge still connected to the
auxiliary test port on piston pump, take a gauge reading
while operating the machine in forward and reverse.
Start the engine and put throttle at high idle engine
speed. Apply the brakes and push the traction pedal forward, then reverse.
GAUGE READING TO BE 250 to 300 PSI.
9. If charge pressure is good under no load, but drops
below specification when under traction load, the piston
(traction) pump and/or traction wheel motor(s) should
be suspected of wear and inefficiency. When the piston
pump and/or traction motor(s) are worn or damaged, the
charge pump is not able to keep up with internal leakage
in traction circuit components.
10.Disconnect pressure gauge from piston pump and
reinstall plug to auxiliary test port.
Multi Pro 5700–D
Page 4 – 17

Hydraulic System

Traction Circuit Relief Pressure Test
1. Make sure hydraulic oil is at normal operating temperature by operating the machine for approximately 10
minutes. Make sure the hydraulic tank is full.
2. Park machine on a level surface, stop engine, engage parking brake, and remove key from the ignition
switch. After turning engine off, operate all hydraulic
controls to relieve hydraulic system pressure.

9. Release traction pedal and stop engine. Record test
results.
10.If traction pressure is too low, inspect traction pump
relief valves (Fig. 15). Clean or replace valves as necessary. These cartridge type valves are factory set, and
are not adjustable. If relief valves are in good condition,
traction pump or wheel motors should be suspected of
wear and inefficiency.
11. Disconnect pressure gauge from machine and reconnect hydraulic hose.

CAUTION
Prevent personal injury and/or damage to equipment. Read all WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, and Precautions for Hydraulic Testing at the beginning
of this section.
3. Clean and disconnect hydraulic pressure hose from
piston pump fitting on right side of pump for function to
be checked (Fig. 14):

Forward pressure hose is upper hose
Reverse pressure hose is lower hose

4. Install T–connector with 10,000 PSI test gauge between the piston pump fitting and the disconnected
hose.
5. After installing pressure gauge, start engine and run
at idle speed. Check for hydraulic leakage and correct
before proceeding with test.

Figure 14
1. Forward pressure hose

2. Reverse pressure hose

6. Operate the engine at high idle speed (3050 – 3150
RPM).
1

CAUTION
Move machine to an open area, away from people
and obstructions.
7. Drive machine to an open area and engage the parking brake.
8. Sit on seat, apply brakes fully, and slowly depress the
traction pedal in the appropriate direction (forward or reverse). While pushing traction pedal, look at pressure
reading on gauge:

Figure 15
1. Forward relief valve

2. Reverse relief valve

GAUGE READING TO BE:
Forward: maximum of 4000 PSI
Reverse: maximum of 4000 PSI

Hydraulic System

Page 4 – 18

Multi Pro 5700–D

Gear Pump Flow Test
Output from the gear pump is divided by a priority flow
divider to allow priority flow to the steering circuit and
secondary flow to the spray pump drive circuit. To test
gear pump flow, testing of both circuits is required. Total
gear pump flow is the combined flow from the two circuits. If a problem is suspected in one of the two circuits,
flow for that circuit should be measured to determine if
the problem is pump related or is involved with other circuit components.

6. While watching tester pressure gauges, slowly close
flow control valve on the tester until 800 PSI is obtained
on gauge. Verify engine speed continues to be within
spec. Record flow meter reading.

1. Make sure hydraulic oil is at normal operating temperature by operating the machine for approximately 10
minutes. Make sure the hydraulic tank is full.

7. Open tester flow control valve and stop engine.

CAUTION
Prevent personal injury and/or damage to equipment. Read all WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, and Precautions for Hydraulic Testing at the beginning
of this section.
IMPORTANT: Make sure that the oil flow indicator
arrow on the flow meter is showing that the oil will
flow from the pump, through the tester, and into the
hydraulic hose.

NOTE: Relief pressure for steering and/or spray pump
drive circuits can be determined with the tester positioned as described in this test.
8. Remove tester and reinstall disconnected hose.
Complete steps 3 through 6 for other circuit hose.
9. If the total of the two flows is less than 12.5 GPM or
a pressure of 800 PSI could not be obtained, check for
restriction in pump suction line. If suction line is not restricted, remove gear pump and repair or replace as
necessary.
If the total of the two flows is 12.5 GPM but individual circuit flow is incorrect (e.g. steering circuit has 6 GPM and
spray motor circuit has 6.5 GPM), suspect a problem
with one of circuits or with the priority flow divider in the
gear pump.

3. With the engine off, clean hose fitting and disconnect
one of the circuit pressure hoses from the gear pump
(Fig. 16). Install tester with pressure gauges and flow
meter in series between the gear pump and the disconnected hose. Make sure the tester flow control valve
is open.
4. After installing tester, start engine and run at idle
speed. Check for hydraulic leakage and correct before
proceeding with test.
IMPORTANT: The gear pump is a positive displacement type. If pump flow is completely restricted or
stopped, damage to the gear pump, tester, or other
components could occur.

Figure 16
1. Steering circuit pressure hose
2. Spray motor circuit pressure hose

5. Operate the engine at high idle speed (3050 – 3150
RPM). Verify engine speed with a phototac.

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 4 – 19

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic
System

2. Park machine on a level surface, stop engine, engage parking brake, and remove key from the ignition
switch. After turning engine off, operate all hydraulic
controls to relieve hydraulic system pressure.

GAUGE READING TO BE: For steering circuit, flow
should be approximately 3 GPM at 800 PSI. For
spray motor circuit, flow should be approximately 9.5
GPM at 800 PSI.

Steering Circuit Relief Pressure Test
1. Make sure hydraulic oil is at normal operating temperature by operating the machine for approximately 10
minutes. Make sure the hydraulic tank is full.
2. Park machine on a level surface, stop engine, engage parking brake, and remove key from the ignition
switch. After turning engine off, operate all hydraulic
controls to relieve hydraulic system pressure.

CAUTION

1
2

Prevent personal injury and/or damage to equipment. Read all WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, and Precautions for Hydraulic Testing at the beginning
of this section.

Figure 17
1. Steering circuit pressure hose
2. Spray motor circuit pressure hose

3. Clean hose fitting and disconnect lower pressure
hose from the left side of the gear pump (Fig. 17).
4. Install T–connector with 5,000 PSI pressure gauge
in series with the pump and the disconnected hose.
5. After installing pressure gauge, start engine and run
at idle speed. Check for hydraulic leakage and correct
before proceeding with test.

6. Start engine and adjust engine speed to high idle
(3050 – 3150 RPM).
IMPORTANT: Hold steering wheel at full lock only
long enough to get a system pressure reading.
Holding the steering wheel against the stop for an
extended period will damage the steering motor.
7. Watch pressure gauge carefully while turning the
steering wheel completely in one direction (full steering
lock) and holding momentarily.

Figure 18
1. Steering relief valve

2. Gear pump suction hose

8. System pressure should be approximately 1000 PSI
as the relief valve lifts. Return steering wheel to the center position.
9. Slow engine speed and turn off machine. Record test
results.
10.If relief pressure is incorrect, inspect for worn, stuck,
or out of adjustment relief valve. Steering relief valve is
located under the suction hose on the right side of the
gear pump (Fig. 18). For adjustment procedure, see Adjust Relief Valve in the Adjustments section of this Chapter. After adjustment, retest relief valve pressure.
11. Disconnect T–connector and pressure gauge from
gear pump and hose. Reconnect hose to the pump.

Hydraulic System

Page 4 – 20

Multi Pro 5700–D

Steering Control Valve and Steering Cylinder Test
1. Make sure hydraulic oil is at normal operating temperature by operating the machine for approximately 10
minutes.

NOTE: This steering test procedure will be affected by
incorrect tire pressure, binding of the hydraulic steering
cylinder, excessive weight on the vehicle, and/or binding
of the steering assembly (e.g. wheel spindles, tie rods).
Make sure that these items are checked before proceeding with any hydraulic testing procedure.
3. Drive machine slowly in a figure eight on a flat level
surface.
A. There should be no shaking or vibration in the
steering wheel or front wheels.
B. Steering wheel movements should be followed
immediately by a corresponding front wheel movement without the steering wheel continuing to turn.
4. Stop machine with the engine running. Turn steering
wheel with small quick movements in both directions.
Let go of the steering wheel after each movement.
A. The steering must immediately return to the neutral position.
B. The steering wheel or front wheels should not
continue to turn.
5. If either of these performance tests indicate a steering problem, determine if the steering cylinder is faulty
using the following procedure.

Keep body and hands away from disconnected
hoses and fittings that might eject hydraulic fluid
under high pressure. Use paper or cardboard,
not hands, to search for leaks. Hydraulic fluid escaping under pressure can have sufficient force
to penetrate the skin and cause serious injury. If
fluid is injected into the skin, it must be surgically
removed within a few hours by a doctor familiar
with this type of injury. Gangrene may result from
such an injury.
IMPORTANT: Do not turn steering wheel to the
left (counterclockwise) as system damage may
occur.
F. With the engine off, continue turning the steering
wheel to the right (clockwise) with the steering cylinder fully contracted. Observe the open fitting on the
steering cylinder as the wheel is turned. If oil comes
out of the fitting while turning the steering wheel to
the right, the steering cylinder has internal leakage
and must be repaired or replaced.
G. Remove plug from the disconnected hydraulic
hose. Reconnect hose to the steering cylinder.
6. If steering problem exists and the steering cylinder,
steering circuit relief valve pressure and gear pump flow
tested acceptably, steering control valve requires service (see Steering Control Valve and Steering Control
Valve Service).

A. Park machine on a level surface with the spray
system turned off.
B. With the engine running, turn the steering wheel
to the right (clockwise) until the steering cylinder rod
is fully contracted.
C. Turn engine off and engage the parking brake.
D. Read Precautions for Hydraulic Testing.
E. Clean and remove hydraulic hose from the fitting
on the barrel end of the steering cylinder. Plug the
end of the disconnected hose.

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 4 – 21

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic
System

2. Perform the Steering Circuit Relief Pressure and
Gear Pump Flow tests to make sure that relief valve and
gear pump are functioning correctly.

WARNING

Spray Pump Drive Circuit Relief Pressure Test
1. Make sure hydraulic oil is at normal operating temperature by operating the machine for approximately 10
minutes. Make sure the hydraulic tank is full.
2. Park machine on a level surface, stop engine, engage parking brake, and remove key from the ignition
switch. After turning engine off, operate all hydraulic
controls to relieve hydraulic system pressure.

8. Open control valve on tester, slow engine speed and
shut off engine. Record test results.
A. If relief pressure specification is not met, adjust
spray circuit relief valve (Fig. 19) (see Adjust Relief
Valve in the Adjustments section of this Chapter). After adjustment, retest relief valve pressure.
B. If relief pressure specification is met, disconnect
tester from tee fitting and spray circuit pressure
hose. Reconnect pressure hose to tee fitting.

CAUTION
Prevent personal injury and/or damage to equipment. Read all WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, and Precautions for Hydraulic Testing at the beginning
of this section.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that oil flow indicator arrow
on the flow meter is showing that oil will flow from
the pump, through the tester, and into the hydraulic
hose.
3

3. Clean hydraulic fittings and install tester with pressure gauges and flow meter in series between the gear
pump tee fitting and the spray motor circuit pressure
hose (Fig. 19). Make sure the tester flow control
valve is completely open.
4. After installing tester, start engine and run at idle
speed. Check for hydraulic leakage and correct before
proceeding with test.

Figure 19
1. Gear pump
2. Gear pump tee fitting

3. Spray circuit hose
4. Spray circuit relief valve

5. Adjust engine speed to high idle (3050 – 3150 RPM).
IMPORTANT: The gear pump is a positive displacement type. If gear pump flow is completely restricted or stopped, damage to the gear pump,
tester, or other components could occur.
6. Watch pressure gauge carefully while slowly closing
the flow control valve on the tester.
7. System pressure should be approximately 1500 PSI
as the relief valve lifts.

Hydraulic System

Page 4 – 22

Multi Pro 5700–D

Wheel Motor Efficiency: Case Drain Test
NOTE: Over a period of time, a wheel motor can wear
internally. A worn motor may by–pass oil to its case drain
causing the motor to be less efficient. Eventually,
enough oil loss will cause the wheel motor to stall under
heavy load conditions. Continued operation with a worn,
inefficient motor can generate excessive heat, cause
damage to seals and other components in the hydraulic
system and affect overall machine performance.
1. Make sure hydraulic oil is at normal operating temperature by operating the machine for approximately 10
minutes. Make sure the hydraulic tank is full.

11. Wheel motor internal leakage will be shown on flow
meter in GPM. Flow should be less than 2 GPM for the
tested wheel motor.
12.If specifications are not met, the tested wheel motor
needs to be repaired or replaced as necessary.
13.If other wheel motor requires testing, complete steps
5 to 14 for the remaining motor.
14.Disconnect tester from pump hydraulic fitting and
hose. Reconnect hose to pump connection. Reconnect
hydraulic lines to rear wheel motor.

Hydraulic
System

CAUTION
Prevent personal injury and/or damage to equipment. Read all WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, and Precautions for Hydraulic Testing at the beginning
of this section.
3. Make sure that traction pedal is adjusted to the neutral position (see Adjust Traction Pedal for Neutral in the
Adjustments section of this Chapter).
4. Attach a heavy chain to the rear of the machine frame
and an immovable object to prevent the machine from
moving during testing.

2
Figure 20
1. Wheel motor (RH shown)
2. Hydraulic tee fitting

3. Pressure hose

5. Chock rear wheel being tested to prevent rotation of
the wheel. Make sure parking brake is engaged.
6. Disconnect hydraulic tee fitting and pressure hose
from rear wheel motor that is not being tested (Fig. 20).
Cap disconnected fitting and hose. Plug ports in wheel
motor to prevent contamination.

7. Disconnect hose from the upper hydraulic fitting on
the right side of the piston (traction) pump (Fig. 21).
8. Install tester with pressure gauges and flow meter in
series with the piston pump and the disconnected hose.
Make sure the tester flow control valve is fully open.
9. Start engine and move throttle to high idle (3050 –
3150 RPM).

Figure 21
1. Upper hydraulic hose

2. Piston (traction) pump

10.Sit on seat, apply brakes fully, and slowly depress the
traction pedal in forward direction until 1000 PSI is displayed on the tester pressure gauge.

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 4 – 23

Hydraulic System

Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Valve Flow Test
1. Make sure hydraulic oil is at normal operating temperature by operating the machine for approximately 10
minutes. Make sure the hydraulic tank is full.
2. Park machine on a level surface, stop engine, engage parking brake, and remove key from the ignition
switch. After turning engine off, operate all hydraulic
controls to relieve hydraulic system pressure.
3. Perform the Gear Pump Flow Test. Make sure that
spray motor circuit hydraulic flow has been tested and
recorded.

CAUTION

10.Using the application rate switch, increase the spray
rate slightly while monitoring the flow tester. Check for
hydraulic leakage and correct before proceeding with
test.
11. With the engine still running at high idle, increase the
spray rate with the application rate switch while monitoring the flow tester. As the spray rate is increased, hydraulic flow should increase as well. At maximum spray
rate, hydraulic flow on the tester should approach spray
motor circuit hydraulic flow previously tested and recorded. If hydraulic flow does not increase correctly, either the the circuit wiring to the PWM Valve solenoid or
the PWM Valve is faulty.
12.Disconnect tester from PWM Valve CF port fitting
and hydraulic hose. Reconnect hose to fitting.

Prevent personal injury and/or damage to equipment. Read all WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, and Precautions for Hydraulic Testing at the beginning
of this section.

13.If the machine has a Pro Control System installed, reconnect the Pro Control console computer.

4. Disconnect hydraulic hose from the CF port fitting in
the PWM Valve (Fig. 22).

IMPORTANT: Make sure that the oil flow indicator
arrow on the flow meter is showing that the oil will
flow from the PWM Valve CF port, through the tester,
and into the hydraulic hose.
5. Install tester with pressure gauges and flow meter in
series with the CF port fitting and the disconnected hydraulic hose. Make sure the tester flow control valve
is fully open.

6. Make sure that spray tank has sufficient fluid for
agitation. Make sure that spray pump is turned off.
7. If the machine has a Pro Control System installed,
disconnect the Pro Control console computer.

Figure 22
1. PWM Valve
2. CF port fitting

3. PWM Valve solenoid

8. Start engine and move throttle to high idle speed
(3050 – 3150 RPM). The flow meter should indicate
little, if any, hydraulic flow (less than 1 GPM) from the
PWM Valve CF port.
A. If higher flow exists, stop engine, disconnect the
PWM Valve solenoid connection from the machine
harness and retest. If higher flow still exists, the
PWM Valve should be replaced. If flow decreases to
less than 1 GPM after solenoid is disconnected, inspect spray system electrical components and wiring before continuing PWM Valve flow test.
9. Make sure that spray booms are off. Turn spray
pump and tank agitation on.

Hydraulic System

Page 4 – 24

Multi Pro 5700–D

Adjustments
Adjust Traction Pedal for Neutral (Machines with Serial Numbers Below 310000000)
The piston (traction) pump control lever should return to
the neutral position when the traction pedal is released.
If the machine creeps when in neutral, check the following items:

1. The centering arms should be parallel to each other
and also parallel to the centerline of the machine.
2. The centering arms should touch both front and rear
bearings on control plate.

3. The centering arms should be tensioned by two
springs.
4. The bearings attached to control plate should rotate
freely.
Figure 24
1. Centering arm
2. Bearing

3. Spring
4. Control plate

Adjust Traction Pedal for Neutral (Machines with Serial Numbers Above 310000000)
The piston (traction) pump control lever should return to
the neutral position when the traction pedal is released.
If the machine creeps when in neutral, adjust the traction
pedal neutral assembly (Fig. 25).
1. Loosen jam nut on spring shaft.
2. Adjust spring shaft until neutral operation is correct.
2

3. Tighten jam nut to secure adjustment.

Figure 25
1. Traction pedal
2. Rod end

Multi Pro 5700--D

Page 4 -- 25 Rev. D

3. Jam nut
4. Spring shaft

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic
System

Reposition the control plate on the piston pump control
lever if needed.

Adjust Relief Valve
The spray pump drive circuit relief valve is located on the
left side of the piston (traction) pump (Fig. 26). The
steering circuit relief valve is located under the suction
hose on the right side of the gear pump (Fig. 27). Relief
pressure should be tested before and after adjusting the
relief valve (see Steering Circuit Relief Pressure Test
and Spray Pump Drive Circuit Relief Pressure Test in the
Testing section of this chapter). Adjustment of the relief
valve can be performed as follows:

1
3
2

NOTE: Do not remove the relief valve for adjustment.
NOTE: To gain access to the adjustment socket and
jam nut on the steering circuit relief valve, remove plastic
cap.
1. To increase relief pressure setting, loosen jam nut
on relief valve and turn the adjustment socket on the relief valve in a clockwise direction. A 1/8 turn on the socket will make a measurable change in relief pressure.
Tighten jam nut after adjustment.

Figure 26
1. Spray circuit relief valve
2. Relief valve body

2. To decrease pressure setting, loosen jam nut on relief valve and turn the adjustment socket on the relief
valve in a counterclockwise direction. A 1/8 turn on the
socket will make a measurable change in relief pressure. Tighten jam nut after adjustment.

3. Recheck spray pump drive circuit relief pressure and
readjust as needed.

Figure 27
1. Steering relief valve

Hydraulic System

3. Jam nut

Page 4 -- 26

Rev. D

2. Gear pump

Multi Pro 5700--D

Service and Repairs
General Precautions for Removing and Installing Hydraulic System Components
Before Repair or Replacement of Components

After Repair or Replacement of Components

1. Before removing any parts from the hydraulic system, park machine on a level surface, engage parking
brake, and stop engine. Remove key from the ignition
switch.

1. Check oil level in the hydraulic reservoir and add correct oil if necessary. Drain and refill hydraulic reservoir
and change oil filter if component failure was severe or
system is contaminated (see Flush Hydraulic System).

2. Clean machine before disconnecting, removing, or
disassembling any hydraulic components. Make sure
hydraulic components, hoses connections, and fittings
are cleaned thoroughly. Always keep in mind the need
for cleanliness when working on hydraulic components.

2. Lubricate O–rings and seals with clean hydraulic oil
before installing hydraulic components.
3. Make sure caps or plugs are removed from the hydraulic fittings and components before reconnecting.
4. Use proper tightening methods when installing hydraulic hoses and fittings (see Hydraulic Fitting Installation).

Rotate steering wheel and depress traction pedal in both forward and reverse to relieve hydraulic system pressure and to avoid injury from
pressurized hydraulic oil.
3. After turning engine off, operate all hydraulic controls
to relieve hydraulic system pressure.
4. Put caps or plugs on any hydraulic lines, hydraulic fittings, and components left open or exposed to prevent
contamination.

5. After repairs, check control linkages and cables for
proper adjustment, binding, or broken parts.
6. After disconnecting or replacing any hydraulic component(s), operate machine functions slowly until air is
out of system (see Charge Hydraulic System).
7. Check for hydraulic oil leaks. Shut off engine and correct leaks if necessary. Check oil level in hydraulic reservoir and add correct oil if necessary.

5. Put labels on disconnected hydraulic lines and
hoses for proper installation after repairs are completed.
6. Note the position of hydraulic fittings (especially elbow fittings) on hydraulic components before removal.
Mark parts if necessary to make sure they will be aligned
properly when reinstalling hydraulic hoses.

Check Hydraulic Lines and Hoses

WARNING
Keep body and hands away from pin hole leaks
or nozzles that eject hydraulic fluid under high
pressure. Use paper or cardboard, not hands, to
search for leaks. Hydraulic fluid escaping under
pressure can have sufficient force to penetrate
the skin and cause serious injury. If fluid is injected into the skin, it must be surgically removed within a few hours by a doctor familiar
with this type of injury. Gangrene may result from
such an injury.

Multi Pro 5700–D

Check hydraulic lines and hoses daily for leaks, kinked
lines, loose mounting supports, wear, loose fittings,
weather deterioration and chemical deterioration. Make
all necessary repairs before operating.

Page 4 – 27

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic
System

CAUTION

Flush Hydraulic System
IMPORTANT: Flush the hydraulic system any time
there is a severe component failure or the system is
contaminated. Contaminated oil appears milky,
black, or contains metal particles.
1. Make sure hydraulic oil warm by operating the machine for several minutes. Park machine on a level surface. Stop engine, apply parking brake, and remove key
from ignition switch.
2. Clean area around hydraulic filter mounting area and
remove filter (see Operator’s Manual). Drain filter into a
suitable container. Properly dispose removed filter.
3. Drain hydraulic reservoir into a suitable container
(see Operator’s Manual).
4. Drain hydraulic system. Drain all hoses and components while the system is warm.
5. Make sure filter mounting surface is clean. Apply
clean hydraulic oil to gasket on new filter. Screw filter
onto filter head until gasket contacts mounting surface,
then tighten filter 3/4 turn further.
6. Reinstall all hoses and hydraulic components.
NOTE: Use only hydraulic fluids specified in Operator’s
Manual. Other fluids could cause system damage.
7. Fill hydraulic oil reservoir (see Operator’s Manual).

Hydraulic System

8. Disconnect wire harness electrical connector from
the engine fuel stop solenoid to prevent the engine from
starting.
9. Make sure traction pedal is in neutral.. Turn ignition
key switch to start; engage starter for ten (10) seconds
to prime hydraulic pumps. Wait fifteen (15) seconds to
allow the starter motor to cool and then repeat cranking
procedure again.
10.Connect wire harness electrical connector to fuel
stop solenoid to allow engine to start.
11. Start engine and run at low idle speed (1200 -- 1250
RPM) for a minimum of two (2) minutes.
12.Increase engine speed to high idle (3050 -- 3150
RPM) for minimum of one (1) minute under no load.
13.Turn steering wheel in both directions several times.
14.Shut off engine and check for hydraulic oil leaks.
Check oil level in hydraulic reservoir and add correct oil
if necessary.
15.Operate the machine for two (2) hours under normal
operating conditions.
16.Check condition of hydraulic oil. If the fluid shows any
signs of contamination repeat steps 1 through 12 again.
17.Resume normal operation and follow recommended
maintenance intervals.

Page 4 -- 28 Rev. D

Multi Pro 5700--D

Charge Hydraulic System

IMPORTANT: Change hydraulic oil filter whenever
hydraulic components are repaired or replaced.
1. Position machine on a level surface, engage parking
brake and remove key from the ignition switch.
2. Make sure all hydraulic connections, lines, and components are tight.
3. If component failure was severe or the system is contaminated, flush and refill hydraulic system and reservoir (see Flush Hydraulic System in this section).
4. Make sure hydraulic reservoir is full. Add correct hydraulic oil if necessary (see Operator’s Manual).
5. Check control cable to the piston (traction) pump for
proper adjustment, binding, or broken parts.
6. Disconnect wire harness electrical connector from
the engine fuel stop solenoid to prevent the engine from
starting.

11. After the hydraulic system starts to show signs of fill,
rotate steering wheel until the steering cylinder rod
moves in and out several times. If the cylinder rod does
not move after 15 seconds, or the gear pump emits abnormal sounds, shut the engine off immediately and determine cause or problem. Inspect for the following:
A. Loose filter or suction lines.
B. Blocked suction line.
C. Faulty charge relief valve.
D. Faulty gear pump.
12.If cylinder does move in 15 seconds, proceed to
step 13.
13.Operate the traction pedal in the forward and reverse
directions. The rear wheels should rotate in the proper
direction.
A. If the wheels rotate in the wrong direction, stop
engine, remove lines from side of piston (traction)
pump, and reverse the connections.
B. If the wheels rotate in the proper direction, stop
engine.

7. Make sure traction pedal is in neutral.. Turn ignition
key switch to start; engage starter for ten (10) seconds
to prime hydraulic pumps. Wait fifteen (15) seconds to
allow the starter motor to cool and then repeat cranking
procedure again.

14.Adjust traction pedal to the neutral position (see Operator’s Manual).

8. Connect wire harness electrical connector to fuel
stop solenoid to allow engine to start.

16.Remove blocks from frame and lower machine to the
ground. Remove chocks from front wheels.

15.Check operation of the neutral switch (see Operator’s Manual).

17.If the piston (traction) pump or a wheel motor was replaced or rebuilt, run the machine so wheels turn slowly
for 10 minutes.

WARNING
Before jacking up the machine, review and follow
Jacking Instructions in Chapter 1 -- Safety.
9. Raise rear wheels off the ground, and place support
blocks under the frame. Chock front wheels to prevent
movement of the machine.

18.Operate machine by gradually increasing it’s work
load to full over a 10 minute period.
19.Stop the machine. Check hydraulic reservoir and fill
if necessary. Check hydraulic components for leaks and
tighten any loose connections.

10.Start engine and run it at low idle (1200 -- 1250 RPM).
The charge pump should pick up oil and fill the hydraulic
system. If there is no indication of fill in 30 seconds, stop
the engine and determine the cause.

Multi Pro 5700--D

Page 4 -- 29 Rev. D

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic
System

NOTE: When initially starting the hydraulic system with
new or rebuilt components such as motors or pumps, it
is important that the hydraulic system be charged properly. Air must be purged from the system and its components to reduce the chance of damage.

Gear Pump

12
14
13

11
8

LEFT SIDE OF PUMP

2
7
6

5
4
3

NOTE: ILLUSTRATION FROM
BOTTOM OF MACHINE

Figure 26
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Piston (traction) pump
O–ring
Gear pump
O–ring
Hydraulic hose (gear pump suction)

Hydraulic System

6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Cap screw (2 used)
Flat washer (2 used)
O–ring
Hydraulic hose (to steering control)
O–ring

Page 4 – 30

11.
12.
13.
14.
15.

Hydraulic tee fitting
O–ring
Hydraulic hose (to PWM valve)
Hydraulic hose (to relief valve)
Relief valve assembly

Multi Pro 5700–D

4. Install new hydraulic oil filter and fill hydraulic reservoir with correct oil (see Operator’s Manual).

Removal (Fig. 26)
1. Park machine on a level surface, stop engine, engage parking brake, and remove key from the ignition
switch.
2. To prevent contamination of hydraulic system during
gear pump removal, thoroughly clean exterior of pump
assembly.

5. Properly fill hydraulic system (see Charge Hydraulic
System in the Service and Repairs section of this chapter).
6. Stop engine and check for hydraulic oil leaks. Check
hydraulic reservoir oil level.

CAUTION

Rotate steering wheel and depress traction pedal in both forward and reverse to relieve hydraulic system pressure and to avoid injury from
pressurized hydraulic oil.
3. Operate all hydraulic controls to relieve hydraulic
system pressure.
4. Read the General Precautions for Removing and
Installing Hydraulic System Components at the beginning of the Service and Repairs section of this chapter.
Figure 27
1. Gear pump

2. Piston pump

5. Put drain pan below the gear pump. Remove hydraulic hoses and fittings connected to gear pump. Put plugs
or caps on disconnected hydraulic hoses and open
ports of pump to prevent contamination of the system.
6. Support the gear pump to prevent it from falling (Fig.
27). Remove two (2) cap screws and flat washers retaining gear pump to piston pump.
7. Carefully pull gear pump from piston pump and lower
it out of the machine. Locate and retrieve o–ring from between pumps.
Installation (Fig. 26)
1. Lubricate new o–ring and position it to gear pump.
Carefully raise gear pump and position it to the piston
pump.
2. Align spline teeth and slide gear pump input shaft
into piston pump coupling. Support gear pump to prevent it from falling while installing two (2) cap screws and
flat washers securing gear pump to piston pump.
3. Remove plugs or caps from disconnected hydraulic
hoses and ports of the gear pump. Lubricate new o–
rings and install fittings and hoses to correct location on
gear pump.

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 4 – 31

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic
System

NOTE: To ease reassembly, tag hydraulic hoses to
show their correct position on the gear pump.

Gear Pump Service

2
6
1

8
21 to 24 ft–lb
(29 to 33 N–m)

3
4

11
25 to 28 ft–lb
(34 to 38 N–m)

7
5

15
7
9
12
16
13

19
21

30 to 34 ft–lb
(41 to 46 N–m)

20
22

23
15

21 to 24 ft–lb
(29 to 33 N–m)

Figure 28
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Cap screw (8 used)
Washer (4 used)
Shaft seal
Washer
Front plate
Plug
O–ring
Backup gasket

9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.

Pressure seal
Wear plate
Drive gear
Idler gear
Body
Plug
O–ring
Backplate

17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.

Steering relief valve
O–ring
Backup washer
O–ring
Flow divider spool
Spring
Disc
Plug

NOTE: For service of the gear pump, see the Eaton
Model 26000 Single Gear Pumps Repair Information at
the end of this chapter.

Hydraulic System

Page 4 – 32

Multi Pro 5700–D

Hydraulic
System

This page is intentionally blank.

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 4 – 33

Hydraulic System

Piston (Traction) Pump

36
32
37
2
38
39

34
33 35
32 31
30
4

27
40

LEFT SIDE OF PUMP
21
24 4 23
22
17 9
7

20
19
7

18 7

11
14

Antiseize
Lubricant

15
7
8

13
7

NOTE: ILLUSTRATION FROM
BOTTOM OF MACHINE

4 3
2

Figure 31
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

Piston (traction) pump
O--ring
Hydraulic adapter
O--ring
Hydraulic tee fitting
Hydraulic hose (to reservoir)
O--ring
90o hydraulic fitting
O--ring
Hydraulic hose (piston pump suction)
O--ring
Gear pump
Hydraulic hose (gear pump suction)
Cap screw (2 used)

15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.

Flat washer (2 used)
Hydraulic hose (to LH wheel motor)
Hydraulic hose (to RH wheel motor)
45o hydraulic fitting
Straight fitting
O--ring
Hydraulic hose (to oil filter)
O--ring
90o hydraulic fitting
Hydraulic hose (from oil filter)
Hydraulic hose (from wheel motors)
Hydraulic hose (to steering control)
Hydraulic tee fitting

28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.

Hydraulic hose (to PWM valve)
Hydraulic hose
O--ring
90o hydraulic fitting
O--ring
Seal kit
Relief valve
Relief valve body
Hydraulic adapter
Cap screw (2 used)
Lock washer (2 used)
Flat washer (2 used)
O--ring

Removal (Fig. 31)
1. Park machine on a level surface, stop engine, engage parking brake, and remove key from the ignition
switch.
2. To prevent contamination of hydraulic system during
pump removal, thoroughly clean exterior of pump assembly.
Hydraulic System

CAUTION
Rotate steering wheel and depress traction pedal in both forward and reverse to relieve hydraulic system pressure and to avoid injury from
pressurized hydraulic oil.

Page 4 -- 34

Multi Pro 5700--D

3. Operate all hydraulic controls to relieve hydraulic
system pressure.

6. Connect two (2) wires to neutral switch on piston
pump (Fig. 32).

4. Remove traction cable ball joint from control plate on
piston pump by removing lock nut (Fig. 32). Remove cap
screw from control plate. Locate and retrieve three (3)
flat washers (Fig. 33).

7. Remove plugs or caps from disconnected hydraulic
hoses and ports of the pump assembly. Lubricate new
O--rings and install fittings and hoses to correct location
on gear and piston pumps.

5. Disconnect two (2) wires from neutral switch on piston pump (Fig. 32).

8. Secure R--clamp and right side brake cable to pump
assembly with flange head screw and flange nut.

6. Remove flange head screw and flange nut that secures R--clamp and right side brake cable to pump assembly (Fig. 32).

9. Install new hydraulic oil filter and fill hydraulic reservoir with correct oil (see Operator’s Manual).

7. Read the General Precautions for Removing and
Installing Hydraulic System Components at the beginning of the Service and Repairs section of this chapter.
NOTE: To ease reassembly, tag hydraulic hoses to
show their correct position on the pump assembly.

10.Properly fill hydraulic system (see Charge Hydraulic
System in the Service and Repairs section of this chapter).
11. Stop engine and check for hydraulic oil leaks. Check
hydraulic reservoir oil level.
4

9. Support the pump assembly to prevent it from falling.
Remove two (2) cap screws, lock washers and flat
washers that retain pump assembly to engine bell housing.

Hydraulic
System

8. Put a drain pan below the pump assembly. Remove
hydraulic hoses and fittings connected to piston and
gear pumps. Put plugs or caps on disconnected hydraulic hoses to prevent contamination of the system. Put
plugs in open ports of pumps.
2

10.Carefully pull pump assembly from engine and lower
it out of the machine.
11. If needed, separate gear pump from piston pump
(see Gear Pump Removal in this section).

Figure 32
1. Traction cable lock nut
2. Neutral switch

3. R--clamp/brake cable
4. Centering arm

Installation (Fig. 31)
1. If gear pump was removed from piston pump, install
gear pump to piston pump (see Gear Pump Installation
in this section).

1
2

2. Apply antiseize lubricant to piston pump shaft
splines.

3
4

3. Carefully raise pump assembly and position it to the
engine. Make sure that both bushings on control plate
are between centering arms on rear of engine (Fig. 32).
4. Align spline teeth and slide piston pump input shaft
into engine coupling spline. Support pump to prevent it
from falling while installing two (2) cap screws, lock
washers and flat washers to secure pump to engine bell
housing.
5. Secure traction cable to control plate with cap screw,
three (3) washers and lock nut (Fig. 32 and 33).
Multi Pro 5700--D

Figure 33
1.
2.
3.
4.

Page 4 -- 35

Cap screw
Flat washer
Neutral plate
Flat washer

5. Lock nut
6. Ball joint
7. Traction cable

Hydraulic System

Piston (Traction) Pump Service

46
15

43 42

51
53

34
44

52
12

19
20
45
38

39
27

10
20
9

19
25

24
10
1

18
11

17
12
13

6
4
2

Figure 32
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.

Drive shaft
Retaining ring
Shaft seal
Washer
Retaining ring
Thrust bearing race
Thrust bearing
Bearing
Housing
Seal set
Servo piston
Gasket
Cover plate
Flat washer (4 used per cover)
Socket head screw (4 used per cover)
Washer
Jam nut
Seal washer

19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.

Plug
O–ring
Cradle
Bushing
Screw
Valve plate
Bearing
Reverse relief valve
O–ring
O–ring
Bypass valve
Key
Geroter (inner)
O–ring
Geroter (outer)
Flat washer (4 used)
Cap screw (3 1/2” long: 2 used)
Cap screw (4” long: 2 used)

37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.

Charge pump adapter
Backplate
Roll pin
Housing gasket
Rotating kit
Camplate
Servo piston follower
Cap screw (2 used)
Bushing dowel (2 used)
Socket head screw (6 used)
Control arm
Hex nut
Lock washer
Manual servo control assembly
Control orifice (3 used)
Housing gasket
Cover plate
Forward relief valve

NOTE: For service of the piston (traction) pump, see
the Eaton Model 72400 Servo Controlled Piston Pump
Repair Information at the end of this chapter.

Hydraulic System

Page 4 – 36

Multi Pro 5700–D

Manual Servo Control Assembly

44 to 52 ft–lb
(60 to 70 N–m)
15

10
1

14
2

13
12

5
4

8
6
16

24
17 to 26 in–lb
(1.9 to 2.9 N–m)

Loctite #222

28 to 34 in–lb
(3.2 to 3.8 N–m)

21
Loctite #242
18
20

Figure 33
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Plug
O–ring
Retaining ring
Spring retainer
Spring
Spool valve
Control housing
Input shaft

9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.

O–ring
Wiper seal
O–ring
Adaptor
Ball
Pin
Neutral switch
O–ring

17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.

Set screw
Set screw
Pin
Retaining ring
Feedback link
Dowel pin
Bell crank
Set screw

NOTE: For service of the manual servo control assembly (including neutral switch adjustment), see the Eaton
Model 72400 Servo Controlled Piston Pump Repair Information at the end of this chapter.

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 4 – 37

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic
System

Wheel Motors

31
60 ft–lb
(81 N–m)
6
22 23
21

20 24

9
27
13

19
2

17 20
18
13

70 to 90 ft–lb
(95 to 122 N–m)

18 17

16
26

LEFT
FRONT

16
8
13 14
12
10

15
60 ft–lb
(81 N–m)

Figure 34
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.

Planetary assembly
Lug nut (8 used per wheel)
Tire and wheel assembly
Gasket
RH brake assembly
Flange head screw (4 used per brake)
Splined brake shaft
Retaining ring
O–ring
RH wheel motor
Flat washer (2 used per motor)

Hydraulic System

12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.

Cap screw (2 used per motor)
O–ring
Hydraulic tee fitting
Hyd. hose (to top pump fitting)
O–ring
Hydraulic adapter
O–ring
Hydraulic hose (to pump case drain)
O–ring
O–ring

Page 4 – 38

22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.

Hydraulic adapter
Hydraulic tee fitting
Hydraulic hose
Hydraulic hose
Hyd. hose (to bottom pump fitting)
LH wheel motor
LH brake cable
LH brake assembly
Flange head screw (6 used per side)
RH brake cable

Multi Pro 5700–D

Removal (Fig. 34)
1. Park machine on a level surface, stop engine, engage parking brake, and remove key from the ignition
switch.

5. Remove plugs from hydraulic lines, fittings, and
ports. Lubricate new o–rings and attach hydraulic hoses
to wheel motor.
6. If right side wheel motor was removed, plug speed
sensor connector into machine wiring harness.
7. Check fluid level in hydraulic oil reservoir and adjust
as required (see Operator’s Manual).

Rotate steering wheel and depress traction pedal in both forward and reverse to relieve hydraulic system pressure and to avoid injury from
pressurized hydraulic oil.

8. Operate machine and inspect for leaks.

2. Operate all hydraulic controls to relieve hydraulic
system pressure.

3. Read the General Precautions for Removing and
Installing Hydraulic System Components at the beginning of the Service and Repairs section of this chapter.
4. To prevent contamination of hydraulic system during
motor removal, thoroughly clean exterior of motor and
fittings.

1
Figure 35
1. Splined brake shaft step
2. Hydraulic motor end

3. Planetary assembly end

NOTE: To ease reassembly, tag the hydraulic hoses to
show their correct position on the wheel motor.

5. Disconnect hydraulic hoses from fittings on wheel
motor. Put caps or plugs on hydraulic lines, fittings, and
ports to prevent contamination.
6. If right side wheel motor is being removed, unplug
speed sensor connector from machine wiring harness.

IMPORTANT: Before loosening fasteners, support
wheel motor to prevent motor from falling.
7. Support the pump assembly to prevent it from falling.
Remove two (2) cap screws and flat washers that secure
wheel motor to brake and planetary assemblies. Remove wheel motor from machine.

4
Figure 36
1. Piston (traction) pump
2. Top pump fitting

3. Bottom pump fitting
4. Case drain fitting

Installation (Fig. 34)
1. If splined brake shaft was removed from brake assembly, make sure that the stepped end of the shaft is
aligned toward the hydraulic wheel motor (Fig. 35). Also,
make sure that splines engage rotating discs in brake
assembly.
2. Position wheel motor to brake assembly.
3. Align splines on motor shaft and splined brake shaft.
Slide motor to brake assembly.
4. Secure motor to brake and planetary assemblies
with cap screws and flat washers. Torque cap screws 60
ft–lb (81 N–m).
Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 4 – 39

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic
System

CAUTION

Wheel Motor Service

15 to 18 ft–lb
(20 to 24 N–m)

7
8
4
4

5
12

3
2
1
18
19

10
11

13
14
15
16
17
21
Figure 37

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Retaining ring
Shaft seal
Washer
Retaining ring
Thrust bearing race
Thrust bearing
Drive shaft

8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.

Cap screw (6 used)
Back plate
Dowel pin
Dowel pin (3 used)
O–ring
Needle bearing
Valve plate

NOTE: The wheel motors used on the Multi Pro
5700–D are very similar. The major difference is the
speed sensor installed in the right side wheel motor. Service of the left and right motors requires the same procedure.

Rotating kit
Cam plate insert
Housing
Speed sensor (RH wheel)
O–ring
O–ring
Needle bearing

NOTE: For information on speed sensor installation,
see Traction Speed Sensor in the Service and Repairs
section of Chapter 5 – Electrical System.

NOTE: For service of the wheel motors, see the Eaton
Model 74318 and 74348 Piston Motors: Fixed Displacement, Valve Plate Design Repair Information at the end
of this chapter.

Hydraulic System

Page 4 – 40

Multi Pro 5700–D

Hydraulic
System

This page is intentionally blank.

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 4 – 41

Hydraulic System

Spray Pump Drive Motor

4
5

6
7

RIGHT

14
13

9
8

Loctite #242

FRONT

10
2

Loctite #242

21
11

2
Antiseize
Lubricant

Antiseize
Lubricant

17
18

19
20

22
23

24
25

Figure 40
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Spray pump assembly
Flange nut
Square key
Lock nut
Pump hub
Coupler spacer
Rubber coupling
Flat washer
Cap screw

Hydraulic System

10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.

Set screw
Hydraulic motor hub
Flange head screw
Rear guard plate
Front guard plate
Flange nut
PWM Valve
Pump mount bracket
Flange head screw (4 used)

Page 4 -- 42

19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.

Woodruff key
Hydraulic motor
Hydraulic hose (from PWM CF port)
O--ring
Hydraulic 90o fitting (short)
O--ring
Hydraulic 90o fitting (long)
Hydraulic hose (to T fitting on PWM)
U--bolt (2 used)

Multi Pro 5700--D

1. Park machine on a level surface, stop engine, engage parking brake, and remove key from the ignition
switch.

CAUTION
Rotate steering wheel and depress traction pedal in both forward and reverse to relieve hydraulic system pressure and to avoid injury from
pressurized hydraulic oil.
2. Operate all hydraulic controls to relieve hydraulic
system pressure.
3. Read the General Precautions for Removing and
Installing Hydraulic System Components at the beginning of the Service and Repairs section of this chapter.
4. Remove flange head screw and flange nut that secure front and rear guard plate. Remove four (4) flange
nuts that retain guard plates to pump mount bracket. Remove guard plates from machine.
5. Label all hydraulic connections to ease reassembly.
Clean hydraulic hose ends prior to disconnecting the
hoses from hydraulic motor.
6. Disconnect hydraulic hoses from motor. Allow hoses
to drain into a suitable container.
7. Put caps or plugs on disconnected hoses and fittings
to prevent contamination.
8. Remove lock nuts, flat washers, cap screws, and
coupler spacers that secure rubber coupling to hydraulic
motor hub.

2. If motor hub was removed, apply antiseize lubricant
to motor shaft. Install woodruff key in shaft and slide hub
onto motor shaft.
3. Position motor on pump mounting bracket and install
flange head screws and flange nuts to motor and mounting bracket. Leave fasteners loose.
4. Place coupling spacers into rubber coupling. Install
cap screws, flat washers, and lock nuts to secure rubber
coupling to motor hub. Make sure that cap screw
threads extend through lock nut.
5. If motor hub was removed, apply Loctite #242 (or
equivalent) to threads of motor hub set screws. Install
set screws into hub to secure hub to motor shaft.
6. Turn pump shaft by hand and position motor on
mounting bracket to best align the coupling assembly
between the pump shaft and the hydraulic motor shaft.
7. Secure motor to mounting bracket by tightening
flange head screws and flange nuts.
8. Lubricate new O--rings and install hydraulic hoses to
correct hydraulic fittings on motor.
9. Position front and rear guard plates to pump mount
bracket. Install and tighten flange head screw and
flange nut to guard plates. Install flange nuts to secure
guard plates to pump mount bracket.
10.Check fluid level in hydraulic oil reservoir and adjust
as required (see Operator’s Manual).
11. Properly fill hydraulic system (see Charge Hydraulic
System in the Service and Repairs section of this chapter).
12.Stop engine and check for hydraulic oil leaks. Check
hydraulic reservoir oil level.

9. Remove two (2) flange head screws and flange nuts
that secure hydraulic motor to pump mount bracket.
1

10.Remove hydraulic motor from machine.
11. If needed, loosen set screws in hydraulic motor hub.
Pull hub from motor shaft. Locate and remove woodruff
key from motor shaft. Remove set screws from hub.
Clean threads of set screws and hub.
12.If hydraulic fitting removal is needed, note orientation
of hydraulic fittings before removing fittings from motor.

3
2

Installation (Fig. 40)
1. If removed, lubricate new O--rings and install hydraulic fittings to motor.

Multi Pro 5700--D

Page 4 -- 43

Figure 41
1. Spray pump drive motor
2. Hydraulic hose (from PWM CF port)
3. Hydraulic hose (to PWM EX port)

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic
System

Removal (Fig. 40)

Spray Pump Drive Motor Service

17
19

6
20

2
3

22 to 26 ft–lb
(30 to 35 N–m)

4
6

7
6
8
10

6
11
Figure 40
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Cap screw (5 used)
End cover
Commutator seal
Commutator
Commutator ring
Ring seal
Manifold
Stator

9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.

Vane
Rotor
Wear plate
Drive link
Shaft
Woodruff key
Bearing

16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.

Thrust bearing
Thrust washer
Inner seal
Backup washer
Housing
Bearing
Seal

NOTE: For service of the spray pump drive motor, see
the Parker TorqlinkTM Service Procedure at the end of
this chapter.

Hydraulic System

Page 4 – 44

Multi Pro 5700–D

Relief Valve
Removal

A. Contamination may cause valves to stick or hang
up. Contamination can become lodged in small valve
orifices or seal areas causing malfunction.

1. Park machine on a level surface, stop engine, engage parking brake, and remove key from the ignition
switch.

B. If sealing surfaces appear pitted or damaged, the
hydraulic system may be over heating or there may
be water in the hydraulic system.

CAUTION

2. Operate all hydraulic controls to relieve hydraulic
system pressure.
3. Read the General Precautions for Removing and
Installing Hydraulic System Components at the beginning of the Service and Repairs section of this chapter.
4. Disconnect hose assembly from hydraulic fitting at
bottom of relief valve body. Allow hose to drain into a
suitable container.
5. Unscrew relief valve body from hydraulic adapter in
side of piston pump.
6. If needed, remove hydraulic fitting from bottom of relief valve body.
Installation
1. Lubricate new o–rings with clean hydraulic fluid.

CAUTION
Use eye protection such as goggles when using
compressed air.
4. Clean relief valve cartridge using clean mineral spirits to flush out any contamination. Submerge cartridge
in clean mineral spirits to flush out contamination. Particles as fine as talcum powder can affect the operation
of relief valve. Use compressed air for cleaning.
Reassembly
1. Lubricate new o–ring and back–up ring with clean
hydraulic fluid. Install o–ring and back–up ring to the relief valve cartridge.
2. Carefully thread relief valve cartridge into the relief
valve body. The valve should go in easily without binding. Torque cartridge to 190 in–lb (21.4 N–m).
3. Lubricate new O–rings with clean hydraulic fluid.
Connect hydraulic fittings and O–rings to the relief valve
body.
5

2. If removed, install hydraulic fitting into bottom of relief valve body.

3
2

3. Secure valve body to the hydraulic adapter in side of
piston pump.

190 in–lb
(21.5 N–m)

7
1

4. Install hydraulic hose to hydraulic fitting at bottom of
relief valve body. Tighten hose connections.

9
10

Disassembly
1. Unscrew relief valve cartridge from the relief valve
body. Remove o–ring and back–up ring.
2. Inspect ports of the relief valve body for damaged
sealing surfaces or threads and contamination.
3. Inspect relief valve cartridge for damaged sealing
surfaces and contamination.

Multi Pro 5700–D

Figure 41
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Page 4 – 45

Pump assembly
O–ring
Hydraulic adapter
O–ring
Relief valve body

6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Relief cartridge
Seal kit
Hydraulic fitting
O–ring
Hydraulic hose

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic
System

Rotate steering wheel and depress traction pedal in both forward and reverse to relieve hydraulic system pressure and to avoid injury from
pressurized hydraulic oil.

Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Valve
8

FRONT

14
RIGHT

5
19
20

Figure 44
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Spray pump assembly
Flange nut
Flange head screw
Rear guard plate
Flange nut (3 used)
Front guard plate
Hydraulic hose (PWM to motor)

8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

O--ring
Hydraulic fitting
O--ring
Cap screw (2 used)
PWM Valve
Hydraulic hose (from gear pump)
Hydraulic tee fitting

The Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Valve is used on the
Multi Pro 5700--D to control gear pump flow to the spray
pump hydraulic motor. Electrical current to the PWM
Valve solenoid coil affects the internal spool setting of
the Valve and thus the hydraulic flow to the spray pump
motor.
For information on PWM Valve solenoid testing, see
Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Valve Solenoid in the
Component Testing section of Chapter 5 -- Electrical
System.

Hydraulic System

15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.

Hydraulic hose (to oil cooler)
O--ring
Hydraulic hose (motor to PWM tee)
Flat washer (2 used)
Hydraulic motor
Pump mount bracket

IMPORTANT: Correct operation of the PWM Valve
depends on precise assembly and adjustment. No
disassembly or adjustment of the PWM Valve is recommended.
Internal parts for the PWM valve are not available. On
machines with serial numbers above 260000300, the
PWM valve solenoid coil is available as a separate component. Refer to your parts catalog for replacement part
information.

Page 4 -- 46 Rev. D

Multi Pro 5700--D

Removal (Fig. 38)
1

1. Park machine on a level surface, stop engine, engage parking brake, and remove key from the ignition
switch.

CAUTION

Rotate steering wheel and depress traction pedal in both forward and reverse to relieve hydraulic system pressure and to avoid injury from
pressurized hydraulic oil.

3. Read the General Precautions for Removing and
Installing Hydraulic System Components at the beginning of the Service and Repairs section of this chapter.

Figure 43
1. PWM Valve
2. Solenoid

3. Solenoid connector

4. Label all hydraulic connections to ease reassembly.
Clean hydraulic hose ends prior to disconnecting the
hoses from PWM Valve.

5. Disconnect four (4) hydraulic hoses from fittings in
PWM Valve. Allow hoses to drain into a suitable container.

Hydraulic
System

2. Operate all hydraulic controls to relieve hydraulic
system pressure.

6. Put caps or plugs on disconnected hoses and fittings
to prevent contamination.
7. Disconnect PWM Valve solenoid connector from
machine wiring harness (Fig. 43).
8. Remove two (2) cap screws and flange nuts that secure PWM Valve to pump mount bracket. Locate and retrieve two (2) flat washers from between PWM Valve and
pump mount bracket. Remove PWM Valve from machine.

Figure 44
1. IN port (from gear pump)
2. CF port (to motor)

3. EX port (to oil cooler)
4. Solenoid coil

Installation (Fig. 38)
1. Place two (2) cap screws into PWM Valve mounting
holes. Install flat washer on screws and position Valve
to pump mount bracket. Install and tighten flange nuts
to secure PWM Valve to bracket.
2. Remove caps and plugs from hydraulic hoses and
fittings. Lubricate new o–rings and install hydraulic
hoses to fittings in PWM Valve.
3. Plug PWM Valve solenoid connector into machine
wiring harness.
4. Check fluid level in hydraulic oil reservoir and adjust
as required (see Operator’s Manual).
5. Operate machine and inspect for leaks.
Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 4 – 47

Hydraulic System

Steering Control Valve
9

2
1

7
10

2
11

1
12

20 to 26 ft--lb
(28 to 35 N--m)

FRONT
RIGHT

Figure 46
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Hydraulic hose (to steering cylinder)
O--ring
Hydraulic hose (to oil cooler)
Hydraulic hose (from pump)
Steering control valve

Hydraulic System

6.
7.
8.
9.

Steering column
Cap screw (4 used)
Steering wheel
Steering wheel cover

Page 4 -- 48 Rev. C

10.
11.
12.
13.

Nut
Dust cover
Steering seal
Steering cylinder

Multi Pro 5700--D

Removal (Fig. 45)
1. Park the machine on a level surface, engage parking
brake, and stop engine. Remove key from the ignition
switch.

3. Lubricate new o–rings and connect hydraulic hoses
to steering control valve (Fig. 46). Tighten hose connections.
4. Position dash panel to front hood and secure with
fasteners (Fig. 47).
5. Check fluid level in hydraulic oil reservoir and adjust
as required (see Operator’s Manual).

CAUTION
Rotate steering wheel and depress traction pedal in both forward and reverse to relieve hydraulic system pressure and to avoid injury from
pressurized hydraulic oil.

6. After assembly is completed, operate steering cylinder to verify that hydraulic hoses and fittings are not contacted by anything and that there are no leaks.
5

4. Label all hydraulic connections for reassembly purposes. Clean hydraulic hose ends prior to disconnecting
the hoses.

6. Disconnect hydraulic hoses connected to the steering control valve. Allow hoses to drain into a suitable
container. Cap or plug openings of control valve and
hoses to prevent contamination.

2
4

Figure 46
1. Steering control valve
2. Hyd hose (left turn)
3. Hyd hose (right turn)

4. Hyd hose (from pump)
5. Hyd hose (to oil cooler)

7. Support steering control valve to prevent it from falling during removal.
2

8. Loosen and remove four (4) cap screws that secure
steering column and steering control valve to machine
frame.

9. Slide steering valve from control column. Remove
control valve from machine.
3

Installation (Fig. 45)
1. Slide steering control valve onto steering column.
Secure steering column and control valve to frame with
four (4) cap screws.

Figure 47
1. Steering column
2. Dash front edge screw

3. Dash side screw

2. Remove caps and plugs from disconnected hoses
and fittings.

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 4 – 49

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic
System

5. Remove fasteners that secure dash panel to front
hood (Fig. 47). Front edge of panel is secured with four
(4) screws and weldnuts. Sides of panel are fastened
with four (4) screws and flange nuts. Carefully slide dash
panel up steering column to allow access to steering
control valve.

Steering Control Valve Service

8
1

3
24

7
4
5

23
22
21

150 in–lb
(17 N–m)

9
10
13

140 to 160 in–lb
(15.8 to 18.1 N–m)

15
18

Figure 48
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Steering valve housing
Dust seal
O–ring
Spool
Spring retaining ring
Pin
Sleeve
Centering springs/spacers

9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.

Geroter drive
Wear plate
Bearing race
Thrust bearing
Plug
O–ring
Check ball
Quad seal

4. Slide the spool and sleeve assembly from the housing.

Disassembly
NOTE: Cleanliness is extremely important when
repairing hydraulic components. Work in a clean area.
Before disassembly, drain the oil, then plug the ports
and thoroughly clean the exterior. During repairs,
always protect machined surfaces.
1. Remove the seven cap screws from the steering
valve assembly.
2. Remove end cap, geroter, spacer, geroter drive,
wear plate, seal ring, and o–rings (Items 11, 13, and 15)
from housing (Fig. 48).
3. Remove the plug, o–ring, and check ball from the
housing.

Hydraulic System

17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.

Cap screw (7 used)
End cap
O–ring
Seal ring
O–ring
Geroter
O–ring
Spacer

5. Remove the thrust bearing and bearing races (2).
6. Remove the quad seal.
7. Use a small blade screwdriver to carefully pry the
dust seal from the housing. Be careful to not damage the
dust seal seat in the housing.
8. Remove the pin (Item 6) that holds the spool and
sleeve together.
9. Carefully slide the spool out of the sleeve. The centering springs and spring retaining ring will stay with the
spool as it is removed.

Page 4 – 50

Multi Pro 5700–D

8. Put the thrust bearing and bearing races into the
housing. The thrust bearing goes between the two bearing races (Fig. 49).

The centering springs are under tension. Remove the retaining ring carefully.

IMPORTANT: Do not damage the dust or quad seals
when installing the spool and sleeve assembly.

10.Remove the spring retaining ring and centering
springs from the spool.

9. Apply a light coating of clean hydraulic oil to the spool
and sleeve assembly. Carefully slide the assembly into
the housing.

Reassembly
Check all mating surfaces. Replace any parts with
scratches or burrs that could cause leakage. Wash all
metal parts in clean solvent. Blow them dry with pressurized air. Do not wipe parts dry with paper towels or cloth.
Lint in a hydraulic system will cause damage.
NOTE: Always use new seals and o–rings when
reassembling the steering control valve.
IMPORTANT: During reassembly, lubricate the new
seals with petroleum jelly. Also, lubricate machined
surfaces and bearings with clean hydraulic oil.

10.Clamp the housing in a vise. Use only enough clamping force to hold the housing securely.
11. Lubricate and install a new o-ring (Item 3) in the
groove in the housing.
12.Install the wear plate and align screw holes in the
wear plate with threaded holes in the housing.
NOTE: The holes in the wear plate are symmetrical.
13.Install the geroter drive, making sure the slot in the
drive engages the pin.
14.Lubricate and install new o-ring in wear plate groove.

1. Install the quad seal:
A. Put one of the bearing races and sleeve into the
housing.
B. Together, the housing and bearing race create a
groove into which the quad seal will be installed.
C. Hold the bearing race tightly against the input end
of the housing by pushing on the gerotor end of the
sleeve.

15.Install the gerotor and align the screw holes.
16.Lubricate and install new o-ring in gerotor ring
groove.
17.Lubricate and install new o-ring and seal ring in gerotor star groove.
18.Install the spacer.

D. Fit the quad seal into its seat through the input
end of the housing. Be sure the seal is not twisted.

19.Install the end cap and seven (7) cap screws. Tighten
the cap screws, in a crossing pattern, from 140 to 160
in-lb (15.8 to 18.1 N–m).

E. Remove the sleeve and bearing race.

20.Remove the steering control unit from the vise.

2. Lubricate and install the dust seal.
3. Install the centering springs in the spool. It is best to
install the two flat pieces first. Next, install the curved
pieces, three at a time.
4. Fit the retaining ring over the centering springs.

21.Install the check ball and plug with o–ring. Tighten
the plug to 150 in-lb (17 N–m).

Thrust Bearing
and Race (2)

Dust Seal

5. Apply a light coating of clean hydraulic oil to the spool
and slide it into the sleeve. Be sure the centering springs
fit into the notches in the sleeve.
Quad Seal

6. Install the pin.
7. Apply a light coating of petroleum jelly to the inner
edge of the dust and quad seals.

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 4 – 51

Figure 49

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic
System

CAUTION

Steering Cylinder

Antiseize
Lubricant

2
1

7
8

1
10
6
20 to 25 ft--lb
(27 to 34 N--m)

FRONT

RIGHT

Figure 52
1.
2.
3.
4.

Hydraulic hose
O--ring
Hydraulic fitting
O--ring

Hydraulic System

5.
6.
7.
8.

Jam nut
Grease fitting
Ball joint
Cotter pin

Page 4 -- 52

9.
10.
11.
12.

Rod end seal
Steering cylinder
Slotted hex nut
Lock nut

Multi Pro 5700--D

Removal (Fig. 52)
1. Park the machine on a level surface, engage the
parking brake, and stop the engine. Remove the key
from the ignition switch.

4. Secure barrel end of cylinder to the front axle with
locking nut.
5. Remove caps and plugs from disconnected hoses
and fittings.
6. Lubricate new O--rings and connect hydraulic hoses
to steering cylinder (Fig. 53). Tighten hose connections.

Rotate steering wheel and depress traction pedal in both forward and reverse to relieve hydraulic system pressure and to avoid injury from
pressurized hydraulic oil.
2. Operate all hydraulic controls to relieve hydraulic
system pressure.

7. Check fluid level in hydraulic oil reservoir and adjust
as required (see Operator’s Manual).
8. After assembly is completed, operate steering cylinder to verify that hydraulic hoses and fittings are not contacted by anything and that there are no leaks. Also,
make sure that a clockwise rotation of the steering wheel
makes a right turn.

3. Read the General Precautions for Removing and
Installing Hydraulic System Components at the beginning of the Service and Repairs section of this chapter.

4. Label all hydraulic connections for reassembly.
Clean hydraulic hose ends prior to disconnecting the
hoses from steering cylinder.
1

5. Disconnect hydraulic hoses from steering cylinder
(Fig. 53). Allow hoses to drain into a suitable container.
6. Put caps or plugs on disconnected hoses and fittings
to prevent contamination.
7. Remove lock nut that secures the barrel end of the
steering cylinder to the front axle.
8. Remove cotter pin and hex slotted nut that secure
the shaft end of the steering cylinder to the left side front
axle spindle.

Figure 53
1. Hose from steering control R port
2. Hose from steering control L port
3. Steering cylinder

9. Remove steering cylinder from machine.
10.If ball joint requires removal from cylinder shaft,
count number of revolutions it takes to remove from
shaft so ball joint can be re--installed without affecting
steering.
Installation (Fig. 52)
1. If ball joint was removed from cylinder shaft, apply
antiseize lubricant to threads of cylinder shaft. Install
ball joint onto shaft the same number of revolutions
needed to remove ball joint. Secure ball joint with jam
nut.
2. Place rod end seal on cylinder shaft ball joint. Insert
rod ends of cylinder down into attachment points on the
left side front axle spindle and front axle.
3. Secure shaft end of cylinder to the front axle spindle
with slotted hex nut. Torque hex nut from 20 to 25 ft--lb
(27 to 34 N--m). Install cotter pin.
Multi Pro 5700--D

Page 4 -- 53

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic
System

CAUTION

Steering Cylinder Service

12
10

40 ft–lb
(54 N–m)

Figure 52
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Retaining ring
O–ring
Head
Backup ring
O–ring

Hydraulic System

6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Shaft
Rod seal
Piston
Uni–ring
Lock nut

Page 4 – 54

11.
12.
13.
14.

Barrel
Dust seal
Ball joint
Jam nut

Multi Pro 5700–D

Disassembly (Fig. 52)

Reassembly (Fig. 52)

1. Remove oil from the steering cylinder into a drain pan
by slowly pumping the cylinder shaft. Plug both ports
and clean the outside of the cylinder.

1. Make sure all parts are clean before reassembly.

2. Mount end of steering cylinder in a vise. Remove retaining ring that secures head into barrel.
3. Remove plugs from ports. Extract shaft, head, and
piston by carefully twisting and pulling on the shaft.
IMPORTANT: Do not clamp vise jaws against the
shaft surface. Protect shaft surface before mounting in a vice.
4. Mount shaft securely in a vise by clamping on the end
of the shaft. Remove lock nut and piston from the shaft.
Slide head off the shaft.
5. Remove Uni–ring and o–ring from the piston.

A. Install Uni–ring and o–ring to the piston.
B. Install o–ring, back–up ring, rod seal, and dust
seal to the head.
IMPORTANT: Do not clamp vise jaws against the
shaft surface. Protect shaft surface before mounting in a vice.
3. Mount shaft securely in a vise by clamping on the end
of the shaft.
A. Coat shaft with a light coat of clean hydraulic oil.
B. Slide head assembly onto the shaft. Install piston
and lock nut onto the shaft. Torque lock nut 40 ft–lb
(54 N–m) to secure assembly.
C. Remove shaft from the vise.

6. Remove o–ring, back–up ring, rod seal, and dust
seal from the head.

IMPORTANT: Prevent damage when clamping the
hydraulic cylinder into a vise. Do not close vise
enough to distort the barrel.
4. Mount end of the barrel in a vise.
5. Coat all internal parts with a light coat of clean hydraulic oil. Slide piston, shaft, and head assembly into
the barrel being careful not to damage the seals.
6. Secure head into the barrel with retaining ring.

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 4 – 55

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic
System

IMPORTANT: Prevent damage when clamping the
hydraulic cylinder into a vise. Do not close vise
enough to distort the barrel.

2. Coat new o–rings, Uni–ring, rod seal, and back–up
ring with with clean hydraulic oil.

Oil Cooler

FRONT

2
1

RIGHT

4
5
6
14

7
9 8

7
10

11
12
13

Figure 53
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Oil cooler
Rivet
Oil cooler mount hook (2 used)
Radiator shroud
O–ring

Hydraulic System

6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Hydraulic fitting (2 used)
Clamp (4 used)
Rubber grommet (2 used)
Oil cooler hose (2 used)
Hydraulic 90o fitting

Page 4 – 56

11.
12.
13.
14.

O–ring
Hydraulic fitting
O–ring
Radiator

Multi Pro 5700–D

Removal (Fig. 53)

Installation (Fig. 53)

1. Park the machine on a level surface, engage the
parking brake, and stop the engine. Remove the key
from the ignition switch.

1. Place oil cooler onto hooks.
2. Remove caps and plugs from disconnected hoses
and fittings.
3. Lubricate new o–rings and connect hydraulic hoses
to oil cooler fittings. Tighten all hose connections.

4. Check fluid level in hydraulic oil reservoir and adjust
as required (see Operator’s Manual).
5. After assembly is completed, operate machine to
verify that hydraulic hoses and fittings are not contacted
by anything and that there are no hydraulic leaks.

3. Read the General Precautions for Removing and
Installing Hydraulic System Components at the beginning of the Service and Repairs section of this chapter.

Hydraulic
System

4. Label all hydraulic connections for reassembly.
Clean hydraulic hose ends prior to disconnecting the
hoses from oil cooler.
5. From under front of machine, disconnect hydraulic
hoses from oil cooler. Allow hoses to drain into a suitable
container.
6. Put caps or plugs on disconnected hoses and fittings
to prevent contamination.
7. Lift oil cooler from hooks and remove from machine.
8. Clean oil cooler with solvent. Inspect for damage.

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 4 – 57

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic Reservoir

FRONT
RIGHT

18
1
2
3

4
5

8
15

14 13

9
12

Figure 54
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Hydraulic reservoir cap
Strainer
Hydraulic reservoir
O–ring (2 used)
Hydraulic fitting (2 used)
Hydraulic hose (from oil cooler)

Hydraulic System

7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.

O–ring (2 used)
Hydraulic hose (from piston pump)
Hydraulic hose (to piston pump)
Hydraulic hose (to gear pump)
O–ring (2 used)
Hydraulic fitting (2 used)

Page 4 – 58

13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.

O–ring (2 used)
Cushion (2 used)
Lock nut (4 used)
Hold down strap (2 used)
Flange head screw (4 used)
Frame

Multi Pro 5700–D

Removal (Fig. 54)
1. Park the machine on a level surface, engage the
parking brake, and stop the engine. Remove the key
from the ignition switch.

2. Read the General Precautions for Removing and
Installing Hydraulic System Components at the beginning of the Service and Repairs section of this chapter.
4

3. Disconnect one hydraulic hose from the bottom of
the hydraulic reservoir to drain reservoir (see Operator’s
Manual).

2
1

4. Disconnect remaining hydraulic hoses from reservoir.
Figure 55
5. Remove hydraulic reservoir from machine using Figure 54 as a guide.

1. Hose (from oil cooler)
2. Hose (from piston pump)

3. Hose (to piston pump)
4. Hose (to gear pump)

Inspection
1. Clean hydraulic reservoir with solvent.

Hydraulic
System

2. Inspect reservoir for leaks, cracks, or other damage.
Installation (Fig. 54)
1. Install hydraulic reservoir to machine using Figure 54
as a guide.
2. Lubricate new o–rings and reconnect hydraulic
hoses to reservoir (Fig. 55).
3. Fill reservoir with hydraulic fluid as required (see Operator’s Manual).
4. Operate machine and inspect for leaks.

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 4 – 59

Hydraulic System

This page is intentionally blank.

Hydraulic System

Page 4 – 60

Multi Pro 5700–D

Chapter 5

Electrical System
Table of Contents

Multi Pro 5700–D

Traction Speed Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessory Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure Rate and Boom Actuator Switches . . .
Spray Pump, Agitation and Boom
Control Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Master Boom (Foot) Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Valve Solenoid .
Manual Interface Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Glow Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Stop Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Glow Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fusible Link Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diode Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SERVICE AND REPAIRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Traction Speed Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cruise Control Coil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 5 – 1

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
26
27
27
28
29
30
30
31

Electrical System

Electrical
System

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Multimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Battery Terminal Protector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Battery Hydrometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Starting Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
General Run Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM QUICK CHECKS . . . . . . . . 6
Battery Test (Open Circuit Test) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Charging System Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Neutral Switch Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
COMPONENT TESTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Ignition Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Neutral Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Hour Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Headlight Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Cruise Control Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Cruise Control Coil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Brake Pedal Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Temperature Sender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Indicator Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Electrical Diagrams
The electrical schematic, electrical circuit drawings and
wire harness drawings for the Multi Pro 5700–D are located in Chapter 8 – Electrical Diagrams.

Electrical System

Page 5 – 2

Multi Pro 5700–D

Special Tools
Order these special tools from your Toro Distributor.
Some tools may also be available from a local supplier.

Multimeter
The multimeter can test electrical components and circuits for current, resistance, or voltage.
NOTE: Toro recommends the use of a DIGITAL Volt-Ohm--Amp multimeter when testing electrical circuits.
The high impedance (internal resistance) of a digital meter in the voltage mode will make sure that excess current is not allowed through the meter. This excess
current can cause damage to circuits not designed to
carry it.

Figure 1

Battery Terminal Protector
Toro Part Number: 107--0392

Electrical
System

Battery Terminal Protector is an aerosol spray that
should be used on battery terminals to reduce corrosion
problems. Apply terminal protector after battery cable
has been secured to battery terminal.

Figure 2

Battery Hydrometer
Use the Battery Hydrometer when measuring specific
gravity of battery electrolyte. Obtain this tool locally.

Figure 3

Multi Pro 5700--D

Page 5 -- 3 Rev. C

Electrical System

Troubleshooting
For effective troubleshooting and repairs, you must
have a good understanding of the electrical circuits and
components used on this machine (see Electrical Schematics in Chapter 8 – Electrical Diagrams).

CAUTION
Remove all jewelry, especially rings and
watches, before doing any electrical troubleshooting or testing. Disconnect the battery
cables unless the test requires battery voltage.

If the machine has any interlock switches by–passed,
they must be reconnected for proper troubleshooting
and safety.

Starting Problems
Problem

Possible Causes

Starter solenoid clicks, but starter will not crank
(if solenoid clicks, problem is not in safety interlock
system).

Battery charge is low.
Battery cables are loose or corroded.
Battery ground to frame is loose or corroded.
Wiring at starter is faulty.
Starter solenoid is faulty.
Starter mounting bolts are loose or not supplying a
sufficient ground for solenoid.
Starter is faulty.

Nothing happens when start attempt is made.

Battery cables are loose or corroded.
Battery ground cable to frame is loose or corroded.
Battery is dead.
Main fuse (20 amp) is open.
Wiring to start circuit components is loose, corroded, or
damaged (see Chapter 8 – Electrical Diagrams).
Neutral switch is out of adjustment or faulty.
Ignition switch is faulty.
Fuse block is faulty.
Starter solenoid is faulty.

Electrical System

Page 5 – 4

Multi Pro 5700–D

Starting Problems (continued)
Problem

Possible Causes

Engine cranks, but does not start.

Ignition switch is faulty.
Engine is malfunctioning (see Chapter 3 – Kubota
Diesel Engine).
Fuel system is malfunctioning (see Chapter 3 – Kubota
Diesel Engine).
Engine may be too cold.

Engine cranks (but should not) with the traction pedal
out of the neutral position.

Neutral switch is out of adjustment or faulty.
Neutral switch wiring is faulty (see Chapter 8 –
Electrical Diagrams).

General Run Problems
Problem

Possible Causes

Battery does not charge.

Wiring to the charging circuit components is loose,
corroded, or damaged (see Chapter 8 – Electrical
Diagrams).
Alternator belt is slipping or damaged.

Electrical
System

Alternator is faulty.
Battery is dead.
Engine kills during operation.

Ignition switch is faulty.
Engine is malfunctioning (see Chapter 3 – Kubota
Diesel Engine).

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 5 – 5

Electrical System

Electrical System Quick Checks
Battery Test (Open Circuit Test)
Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the
battery terminals.

Voltage Measured

Battery Charge Level

12.68 v (or higher)

Fully charged (100%)

Set the multimeter to the DC volts setting. The battery
should be at a temperature of 60o to 100o F (16o to 38o
C). The ignition key should be in the OFF position and
all accessories turned off. Connect the positive (+) meter lead to the positive battery post and the negative (--)
meter lead to the negative battery post.

12.45 v

75% charged

12.24 v

50% charged

12.06 v

25% charged

11.89 v

0% charged

NOTE: This test provides a relative condition of the battery. Load testing of the battery will provide additional
and more accurate information.

Charging System Test
This is a simple test used to determine if a charging system is functioning. It will tell you if a charging system has
an output, but not its capacity.

Start the engine and run at high idle (3050 -- 3150 RPM).
Allow the battery to charge for at least 3 minutes. Record
the battery voltage.

Use a multimeter set to the DC volts setting. Connect the
positive (+) meter lead to the positive battery post and
the negative (--) meter lead to the negative battery post.
Leave the test leads connected and record the battery
voltage.

Test results should be (example):

NOTE: Upon starting the engine, the battery voltage
will drop and then should increase once the engine is
running.

At least 0.50 volt over initial battery voltage.
Initial Battery Voltage

= 12.30 v

Battery Voltage after 3 Minute Charge

= 12.80 v

Difference

= +0.50 v

NOTE: Depending upon the condition of the battery
charge and battery temperature, the charging system
voltage will increase at different rates as the battery
charges.

Neutral Switch Operation

CAUTION
Do not disconnect neutral interlock switch. It is
for the operator’s protection. Check the operation of the switch daily for proper operation. Replace malfunctioning neutral interlock switch
before operating the machine.

Electrical System

Neutral switch operation is described in the Multi Pro
5700--D Operator’s Manual. Testing of the neutral
switch is included in the Component Testing section of
this Chapter.

Page 5 -- 6 Rev. C

Multi Pro 5700--D

Component Testing
For accurate resistance and/or continuity checks, electrically disconnect the component being tested from the
circuit (e.g. disconnect the ignition switch connectors
before doing a continuity check on the ignition switch).
NOTE: See the Kubota 05 Series Diesel Engine Service Manual for more component testing information.

CAUTION
When testing electrical components for continuity with a multimeter (ohms setting), make sure
that power to the circuit has been disconnected.

Ignition Switch
The ignition (key) switch has three positions (OFF, ON,
and START). Two ignition switches have been used on
Multi Pro 5700--D sprayers. Machines with serial numbers below 310000000 were equipped with a switch as
shown in Figure 4. Machines with serial numbers above
310000000 use a switch as shown in Figure 5. The
switch terminals are marked as shown in the appropriate figure. The circuit logic of the ignition switches is
shown in the charts below. With the use of a multimeter
(ohms setting), the switch functions may be tested to determine whether continuity exists between the various
terminals for each switch position. Verify continuity between switch terminals.
Circuit identification for machines with serial number below 310000000 (Fig. 4):

45°

NONE

B + I + A, X + Y

45 °
START

S
I

Y
X

REAR VIEW

FRONT VIEW
Figure 4

CIRCUIT

OFF
START

OFF

SERIAL NUMBER ABOVE 310000000

Electrical
System

POSITION

SERIAL NUMBER BELOW 310000000

RUN

B+I+S

OFF

45o

START

Circuit identification for machines with serial number
above 310000000 (Fig. 5):
POSITION
OFF

NONE

B + C + F, D + E

START

CIRCUIT

B
C

REAR VIEW

FRONT VIEW

A+B+C
Figure 5

Multi Pro 5700--D

Page 5 -- 7

Rev. D

Electrical System

Neutral Switch
The neutral switch is located on the top side of the piston
(traction) pump (Fig. 7). The switch is closed when the
traction pedal is in the neutral position and opens when
the pedal is depressed in either direction (forward or reverse).

Test the switch by disconnecting the wires from the
switch terminals and connecting a continuity tester
across the two switch terminals. With the engine turned
off, slowly push the traction pedal in a forward or reverse
direction while watching the continuity tester. There
should be indications that the traction neutral switch is
opening and closing. Allow the traction pedal to return
to the neutral position. There should be continuity
across the switch terminals when the traction pedal is in
the neutral position.
See Manual Servo Control Assembly in Chapter 4 – Hydraulic Systems for disassembly, reassembly and adjustment procedures for the neutral switch.

Figure 7
1. Piston (traction) pump

2. Neutral switch

Hour Meter
The hour meter is located on the dash panel (Fig. 8).
Testing
1. Make sure ignition switch is off. Disconnect the harness electrical connector from the terminals on the hour
meter.

2. Connect the positive (+) terminal of a 12 VDC source
to the positive (+) terminal of the hour meter.
3. Connect the negative (–) terminal of the voltage
source to the other terminal of the hour meter.

Figure 8
1. Hour meter

4. The hour meter should move 1/10 of an hour in six
minutes.
5. Disconnect voltage source from the hour meter.

QUARTZ

6. Reconnect harness to the meter terminals.

RUNNING: INDICATOR
WINDOW

00000

1
–
10

HOURS

1/10 WHEEL: WHITE W/BLACK NUMBERS
HOUR WHEELS: BLACK W/WHITE NUMBERS

Figure 9

Electrical System

Page 5 – 8

Multi Pro 5700–D

Headlight Switch
The headlight switch is located on the dash panel (Fig.
10) and is used to turn the headlights on and off.
1

Testing
1. Make sure ignition switch is off. Locate headlight
switch and unplug wire harness connector from switch.
2. The switch terminals are marked as shown in Figure
11. In the ON position, continuity should exist between
the two terminals. In the OFF position, there should be
no continuity between the switch terminals.
3. Reconnect the harness connectors to the switch after testing.

Figure 10
1. Headlight switch

BACK OF SWITCH

Electrical
System

Figure 11

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 5 – 9

Electrical System

Cruise Control Switch
The cruise control switch is positioned on the dash panel
above the ignition switch (Fig. 12). This switch energizes the cruise control coil to allow the operator to maintain a constant ground speed.

Testing
1. Make sure ignition switch is off. Locate switch and
unplug machine wire harness connector from switch.

Figure 12
1. Cruise control switch

2. The switch terminals are marked as shown in Figure
13. In the ON position, continuity should exist between
terminals 2 and 3. In the momentary SET position, continuity should exist between terminals 5 and 6. In the OFF
position, there should be no continuity between any
switch terminals.
3. Terminals 7 (–) and 8 (+) are used for the indicator
light in the switch. The light should be illuminated when
the switch is in the ON position.
4. Reconnect the harness connector to the switch after
testing.

BACK OF SWITCH
Figure 13

Cruise Control Coil
The cruise control coil is energized by the cruise control
switch. The energized coil becomes a magnet to hold
the traction pedal in position and maintains ground
speed for accurate sprayer operation.

Testing

1. Make sure ignition switch is off. Locate control coil
next to traction pedal under the floorboard (Fig. 14). Unplug coil connector from machine wire harness.
NOTE: Prior to taking small resistance readings with a
digital multi meter, short the meter test leads together.
The meter will display a small resistance value (usually
0.5 ohms or less). This resistance is due to the internal
resistance of the meter and test leads. Subtract this value from from the measured value of the coil you are testing.

6
5

2. Using a multimeter (ohms setting), verify control coil
resistance between the terminals of the connector and
the frame of the coil. Resistance should be from 3.6 to
4.0 ohms.
3. If coil does not engage when voltage is applied or coil
resistance is incorrect, replace control coil.
4. Reconnect the coil connector to the machine harness after testing.
Electrical System

Figure 14
1. Cruise control coil
2. Plate
3. Traction pedal

Page 5 – 10

4. Cap screw (4 used)
5. Lock washer (4 used)
6. Hex nut (4 used)

Multi Pro 5700–D

Brake Pedal Switch
The brake pedal switch is mounted on the frame under
the floorboard (Fig. 15). The brake pedal switch prevents the cruise control coil from being energized when
the brake pedal is pushed.

Testing
1. Make sure ignition switch is off. Locate switch and
unplug wire harness connector from switch.
4

2. When the switch plunger is pressed (brake pedal released), there should be continuity between the switch
terminals. When the switch plunger is extended (brake
pedal depressed), there should be no continuity between the switch terminals.
3. Reconnect the harness connector to the switch after
testing.

2
Figure 15

1. Brake pedal
2. Brake pedal switch
3. Washer head screw

4. Lock washer
5. Hex nut

Electrical
System

Figure 16
1. Switch plunger

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 5 – 11

2. Switch terminal

Electrical System

Temperature Sender
The temperature sender is located near the alternator
on the water flange attached to the engine cylinder head
(Fig. 17). There is a blue wire attached to the terminal of
the sender.

Testing
1. Lower coolant level in the engine and remove the
temperature sender from water flange.
2. Put sender in a container of oil with a thermometer
and slowly heat the oil (Fig. 18).

CAUTION
Figure 17
Handle the hot oil with extreme care to prevent
personal injury or fire.

1. Temperature sender

NOTE: Prior to taking resistance readings with a digital
multimeter, short the meter test leads together. The meter will display a small resistance value (usually 0.5
ohms or less). This resistance is due to the internal resistance of the meter and test leads. Subtract this value
from from the measured value of the temperature sender you are testing.
3. Check resistance of the sender with a multimeter
(ohms setting) as the temperature increases. The temperature sender is normally open and should close between 216 to 226oF (102 to 108oC).

VOA

Figure 18

4. Allow oil to cool while observing temperature. The
temperature sender should open at about 208oF (98oC).
5. Replace sender if specifications are not met.
6. Install temperature sender to the water flange.
A. Clean threads of water flange and sender thoroughly. Apply thread sealant to the threads of the
sender.
B. Tighten sender into the water flange.
C. Reconnect blue wire to sender.
7. Fill engine cooling system (see Operator’s Manual).

Electrical System

Page 5 – 12

Multi Pro 5700–D

Indicator Lights
High Temperature Warning Light
If the engine coolant temperature rises to approximately
220oF (104oC), the high temperature light should come
on when the normally open temperature sender closes.

3
4

To test the high temperature warning light and circuit wiring, start the engine and ground the blue wire attached
to temperature sender located on water pump housing
(see Temperature Sender in this Chapter). High temperature warning light should illuminate.
Figure 19

Glow Plug Indicator Light
The glow plug light should come on when the ignition
switch is placed in the ON position prior to placing the
ignition switch in START. The light should stay lit for
approximately 6 seconds while the ignition switch is left
in the ON position.

1. High temp warning
2. Glow plug indicator

3. Engine oil pressure
4. Charge indicator

Engine Oil Pressure Light

To test the oil pressure light and circuit wiring, ground the
brown/white wire attached to oil pressure switch located
on the front side of engine near the oil dipstick. Turn ignition switch to the ON position; the oil pressure light
should come on indicating correct operation of the electrical wiring to the oil pressure switch.

1A (+)

2A (+)
6

Charge Indicator Light

1B (–)

The charge indicator light should come on when the ignition switch is in the ON position with the engine not running or with an improperly operating charging circuit
while the engine is running.

2B (–)

Figure 20
1. High temp warning
2. Glow plug indicator
3. Engine oil pressure

4. Charge indicator
5. Warning light front
6. Warning light back

Testing Indicator Lights
1. Apply 12 VDC to terminals 1A and 2A (Fig. 20).
2. Ground terminals 1B and 2B (Fig. 20).
3. Both indicator lights should illuminate.

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 5 – 13

Electrical System

Electrical
System

The oil pressure light should come on when the ignition
switch is in the ON position with the engine not running.
Also, it should light with the engine running if the engine
oil pressure drops below 4.3 PSI (0.3 kg/cm2).

Traction Speed Sensor
The traction speed sensor is attached to the right side
rear wheel motor (Fig. 21). The sensor provides ground
speed information for two (2) options: the Pro Control
Electronics and the speedometer kit. It uses a magnetically based, Hall Effect integrated circuit. As the piston
group in the wheel motor turns, the sensor accurately
senses the movement of the pistons passing the sensor.
The red connector wire (connector terminal A) is the
positive lead, the black wire (terminal C) is the ground
lead, and the white wire (terminal B) is the signal output.

1
2

Testing
4

1. Make sure ignition switch is off. Remove speed sensor from machine (see Traction Speed Sensor Removal
in the Service and Repair Section of this Chapter).
3

IMPORTANT: Incorrect jumper wire connections
during testing can damage the sensor.
2. Using a +12 VDC battery, a multimeter, a 1K ohm resistor and appropriate jumper wires, connect the battery
and multimeter to the speed sensor using Figure 22 as
a guide.

Figure 21
1. Speed sensor
2. O--ring

3. RH wheel motor housing
4. Motor piston group

3. Set multimeter to DC volts setting.

1K ohm
resistor

4. The multimeter should display very low voltage when
a metal object is held near the sensor tip. The multimeter
should display battery voltage when the metal object is
moved away from the sensor tip.

5. After sensor testing is complete, remove jumper
wires, resistor and multimeter leads from sensor connector.

12 VDC
4

IMPORTANT: When replacing the sensor, see Traction Speed Sensor Installation in the Service and
Repair Section of this chapter.

6. Reinstall speed sensor into wheel motor (see Traction Speed Sensor Installation in the Service and Repair
Section of this Chapter). Reconnect speed sensor to
machine wire harness.
3

2
Figure 22
1.
2.
3.
4.

Electrical System

Speed sensor
Sensor tip
Lock nut
Sensor connector

Page 5 -- 14 Rev. C

5. Red wire
6. White wire
7. Black wire

Multi Pro 5700--D

Accessory Solenoid
The accessory solenoid provides a current supply to the
spray system and optional accessories (e.g. foam markers). The solenoid is energized when the ignition key
switch is in the RUN position. The accessory solenoid is
attached to the electric panel under the operator seat
(Fig.23).

Testing
1. Make sure engine is off. Disconnect battery cables
from battery making sure to disconnect negative (–)
cable first and then positive (+) cable.
2. Raise operator seat and locate accessory solenoid.
Put labels on wires for proper installation after repairs
are completed. Disconnect machine harness wires from
solenoid.

Figure 23
1. Accessory solenoid

3. Apply 12 VDC (+) to one solenoid coil post and
ground the other solenoid coil post. The solenoid should
click. Using a multimeter (ohms setting), make sure resistance across the main contact posts is less than 1
ohm.
4. Remove voltage from solenoid coil post. The solenoid should click. Make sure resistance across the main
contact posts is infinite ohms (no continuity).

Electrical
System

5. Replace accessory solenoid if necessary.
6. Reconnect electrical connections to solenoid.
7. Reconnect battery cables to battery making sure to
install positive (+) cable first and then negative (–) cable.
WIRING
DIAGRAM

Figure 24
1. Main contact post

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 5 – 15

2. Solenoid coil post

Electrical System

Pressure Rate and Boom Actuator Switches
The pressure rate (increase/decrease) switch is located
on the spray control console (Fig. 25). This switch along
with the Manual Interface Module (or Pro Control, if
equipped) changes the applied current to the PWM
valve which controls hydraulic flow to the hydraulic motor that drives the spray pump. Pressing the switch to the
increase position allows additional current to the PWM
valve which increases flow to the hydraulic motor. The
spray pump increases speed to allow additional flow
and pressure from the spray pump. Moving the switch
to the decrease position reduces current to the PWM
valve and results in less flow and pressure from the
spray pump.

The boom actuator switches are identical to the pressure rate switch. These switches are used to operate the
boom actuators to raise or lower the spray booms.
Figure 25
Testing

1. Spray control console
2. Pressure +/– switch

1. Make sure ignition switch is off. Locate switch, remove console panel, and unplug wire harness connector from switch.
2. The switch terminals are marked as shown in Figure
26. In the INCREASE or boom raise position, continuity
should exist between terminals 2 and 3 and also between terminals 5 and 6. In the neutral, center position,
there should be no continuity between any switch terminals. In the DECREASE or boom lower position, continuity should exist between terminals 2 and 1 and also
between terminals 5 and 4.
3. Reconnect the harness connector to the switch after
testing.

Electrical System

Page 5 – 16

3. RH boom switch
4. LH boom switch

BACK OF SWITCH
Figure 26

Multi Pro 5700–D

Spray Pump, Agitation and Boom Control Switches
The spray pump (on/off), agitation (on/off) and boom
(on/off) control switches are located on the spray control
console (Fig. 27).

Testing
1. Make sure ignition switch is off. Remove console
panel, locate switch and unplug machine wire harness
connector from switch.

6
4

2. The switch terminals are marked as shown in Figure
28. In the ON position, continuity should exist between
terminals 2 and 3 and also between terminals 5 and 6.
In the OFF position, continuity should exist between terminals 1 and 2 and also between terminals 4 and 5.

Figure 27
1. Spray control console
2. Agitation switch
3. Spray pump switch

4. Reconnect the harness connector to the switch after
testing.

4. RH boom switch
5. Center boom switch
6. LH boom switch

BACK OF SWITCH
Figure 28

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 5 – 17

Electrical System

Electrical
System

3. Terminals 7 (–) and 8 (+) are used for the indicator
light in the switch. The light should be illuminated when
the switch is in the ON position.

Master Boom (Foot) Switch
The master boom switch is located on the floorboard of
the machine (Fig. 29). This switch allows the machine
operator to control the operation of all boom sections using one switch.

Testing
1. Locate switch and unplug wire harness connectors
from switch. Note wire connector location on switch.
2. The switch terminals are shown in Figure 30. Continuity should exist between the common terminal and
only one of the side terminals. When the switch is depressed, continuity should exist between the common
terminal and the other side terminal. Regardless of
switch position, there should never be continuity between the two side terminals.

Figure 29
1. Master boom switch

3. Reconnect the harness connectors to the switch after testing.
1
2

Figure 30
1. Common terminal

Electrical System

Page 5 – 18

2. Side terminal

Multi Pro 5700–D

Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Valve Solenoid
The Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Valve which controls hydraulic flow to the spray pump motor includes an
electric solenoid (Fig. 30). When the spray console rate
switch is depressed, the available current to the PWM
valve solenoid is changed. This solenoid current change
causes a valve shift and subsequent change in hydraulic flow to the spray pump motor. Testing of the PWM
Valve solenoid can be done without removing the solenoid.

Testing

NOTE: Prior to taking small resistance readings with a
digital multimeter, short the meter test leads together.
The meter will display a small resistance value (usually
0.5 ohms or less). This resistance is due to the internal
resistance of the meter and test leads. Subtract this value from from the measured value of the solenoid you are
testing.
1. Make sure ignition switch is off. Disconnect PWM
Valve solenoid electrical connector.

Figure 30
1. PWM valve
2. Solenoid

3. Solenoid connector

SERIAL NUMBER ABOVE 260000300

NOTE: The solenoid coil on machines with serial numbers below 260000300 is not available as a separate
component (shown in Fig. 30). On machines with serial
numbers above 260000300, the coil is available as a
separate component (Fig. 31). Refer to your parts catalog for replacement part information.

3
1

3. Reconnect electrical connector to the solenoid.
2

Figure 31
1. PWM valve
2. Solenoid coil

Multi Pro 5700--D

Page 5 -- 19 Rev. D

3. O--ring
4. Nut

Electrical System

Electrical
System

2. Measure resistance between the two solenoid connector terminals. The resistance for the solenoid coil
should be approximately 9.6 ohms.

Manual Interface Module
The manual interface module is used in conjunction with
the increase/decrease switch to adjust current flow to
the PWM Valve and to maintain pump rate settings when
the booms are turned off and on again using the master
boom (foot) switch. The module is fastened to the head
light shield under the dash panel (Fig. 32). The manual
interface module is disabled if a Pro Control is installed
in the spray system.

5. If voltage change to the PWM Valve is correct, the interface module, circuit wiring and increase/decrease
switch are functioning correctly. If voltage change is incorrect, test increase/decrease switch and then circuit
wiring. Replace manual interface module only after other components have tested acceptably.
6. Remove multimeter and reconnect PWM Valve electrical connector to the machine harness.

Once the operator has set the spray application rate,
whenever the master boom switch is turned off, the
module stores the current (mA) setting available to the
PWM valve solenoid. When the master boom switch is
used to begin spraying again, the module ensures that
the spray application rate is unchanged. Because of the
module, the operator does not have to reset spray rates
when the master boom switch is used to turn the spray
booms back on.

1
2

The interface module is a solid state device and there is
no reliable means of bench testing the module. If spray
rates have to be reset after turning the booms off and on
with the master boom switch, the manual interface module should be suspect.
Testing of the interface module, circuit wiring and increase/decrease switch can be performed as follows:

Figure 32
1. Manual interface module

2. RH headlight

1. Make sure ignition switch is off. Disconnect PWM
Valve solenoid electrical connector from the machine
wiring harness.
2. Connect one multimeter test lead to one of the harness connector leads and the other meter test lead to
the second harness connector lead (Fig. 33). Set multimeter to DC Volts setting.

3. Turn ignition switch to the RUN position.
4. While monitoring the multimeter display, use the increase/decrease switch to adjust spray rate:
A. Pressing the increase/decrease switch to increase should result in an increased voltage displayed on the multimeter.
Figure 33
B. Pressing the increase/decrease switch to decrease should result in a decreased voltage displayed on the multimeter.

Electrical System

1. PWM Valve connector

Page 5 – 20

2. Harness connector

Multi Pro 5700–D

Relays
The Multi Pro 5700–D uses three (3) relays that are attached to the electric panel under the operator seat. One
of these relays is used to energize the cruise control coil.
The other two relays are used in the spray system in
conjunction with the master boom (foot) switch to turn
the spray booms on and off.
Testing
NOTE: Prior to taking small resistance readings with a
digital multimeter, short the meter test leads together.
The meter will display a small resistance value (usually
0.5 ohms or less). This resistance is due to the internal
resistance of the meter and test leads. Subtract this value from from the measured value of the component you
are testing.

1. Verify coil resistance between terminals 85 and 86
with a multimeter (ohms setting). Resistance should be
from 70 to 90 ohms.

87A

Figure 34

2. Connect multimeter (ohms setting) leads to relay terminals 30 and 87. Ground terminal 86 and apply +12
VDC to terminal 85. The relay should make and break
continuity between terminals 30 and 87 as +12 VDC is
applied and removed from terminal 85.

Electrical
System

3. Disconnect voltage from terminal 85 and multimeter
lead from terminal 87.
4. Connect multimeter (ohms setting) leads to relay terminals 30 and 87A. Apply +12 VDC to terminal 85. The
relay should break and make continuity between terminals 30 and 87A as +12 VDC is applied and removed
from terminal 85.
5. Disconnect voltage and multimeter leads from the
relay terminals.

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 5 – 21

Electrical System

Glow Relay
The glow relay is attached to the electric panel under the
operator seat (Fig. 36). When energized, the glow relay
allows electrical current to the engine glow plugs.
30

NOTE: Prior to taking small resistance readings with a
digital multi meter, short the meter test leads together.
The meter will display a small resistance value (usually
0.5 ohms or less). This resistance is due to the internal
resistance of the meter and test leads. Subtract this value from from the measured value of the component you
are testing.

86
87

1. Verify coil resistance between terminals 85 and 86
with a multimeter (ohms setting). Resistance should be
approximately 72 ohms.
2. Connect multimeter (ohms setting) leads to relay terminals 30 and 87. Ground terminal 86 and apply +12
VDC to terminal 85. The relay should make and break
continuity between terminals 30 and 87 as +12 VDC is
applied and removed from terminal 85.

Figure 35

3. Disconnect voltage and leads from the relay terminals.

Figure 36
1. Glow relay

Electrical System

Page 5 – 22

Multi Pro 5700–D

Fuel Stop Solenoid
The fuel stop solenoid must be energized for the engine
to run. It is mounted to the injection pump on the engine
(Fig. 37).

1
2

In Place Testing
NOTE: Prior to taking small resistance readings with a
digital multimeter, short the test leads together. The meter will display a small resistance value (usually 0.5
ohms or less). This resistance is due to the internal resistance of the meter and test leads. Subtract this value
from the measured value of the component you are testing.
1. Disconnect wire harness connector from solenoid.
2. Using a digital multimeter, touch one test lead to the
pull coil terminal and the other test lead to the fuel stop
solenoid frame (ground) (Fig. 38). The resistance of the
pull coil should be less than 1 ohm (but not zero).

Figure 37
1. Injection pump

2. Fuel stop solenoid

3. Using a digital multimeter, touch one test lead to the
hold coil terminal and the other test lead to the fuel stop
solenoid frame (ground) (Fig. 38). The resistance of the
hold coil should be approximately 15 ohms.

4. Connect solenoid to the wiring harness.

1. Disconnect wire harness connector from solenoid.
NOTE: The solenoid may be removed from the engine
or tested in place.

Figure 38
1. Fuel stop solenoid
2. Pull coil terminal

3. Hold coil terminal

2. If the solenoid is removed from the engine, make
sure that the solenoid plunger moves freely and is free
of dirt, debris and corrosion.
3. Connect a positive (+) test lead from a 12 VDC
source to the pull coil and hold coil terminals.
4. Touch a negative (–) test lead from the 12 VDC
source to the fuel stop solenoid frame (ground) (Fig. 38).
The solenoid should engage, making an audible “click,”
and the plunger should retract.
5. Remove positive (+) voltage from the pull coil terminal. The solenoid should stay engaged.
6. Remove positive (+) voltage from the hold coil terminal. The solenoid should release.
7. Reconnect the wires to the solenoid.

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 5 – 23

Electrical System

Electrical
System

Live testing

Glow Controller
The controller is attached to the electric panel under the
operator seat.
NOTE: Refer to see Chapter 8 – Electrical Diagrams
when troubleshooting the glow controller.
Controller Operation
1. When the ignition switch is placed in the RUN position, the controller energizes the glow plugs and lights
up the glow lamp for approximately 6 seconds.
2. When the ignition switch is held in the START position, the glow plugs will energize while the switch is held
in START and the glow lamp will not light.
3. When the ignition switch is released from START to
RUN, the glow plugs will de–energize and the glow lamp
will remain off.

5. If any of the conditions in Step 3 are not met or power
to terminal 1 exists and any of the other conditions in
Step 4 are not met:
A. Verify continuity of the circuitry from the battery to
the glow relay and glow plugs (see Chapter 8 – Electrical Diagrams).
B. Verify continuity of the circuitry from the battery to
ignition switch, glow controller, glow lamp, glow
relay, and ground (see Chapter 8 – Electrical Diagrams).
C. Replace parts as necessary.
6. Connect electrical connector to the fuel stop solenoid.
2

Controller Checks
1. Make sure there is power from the battery.

2. Disconnect electrical connector to the fuel stop solenoid to prevent the engine from starting.

3. Place ignition switch in the RUN position. Verify the
following while in the RUN position:
A. Glow indicator lamp is on.

B. Glow relay is energized.
3

C. Glow plugs are energized.
D. Glow indicator lamp goes out and glow plugs de–
energize after approximately 6 seconds.

Figure 39
1. Glow controller end view
2. Top view

3. Side view

4. Place ignition switch in the START position. Verify
the following while in the START position:
A. Glow indicator lamp is out.
B. Glow relay is energized.
C. Glow plugs are energized.
D. Power exists at terminal 1 of the glow controller.
NOTE: If there is no power to terminal 1 of the glow controller, verify continuity of the circuitry from the ignition
switch to the controller and perform Step 4 again (see
Chapter 8 – Electrical Diagrams).

Electrical System

Page 5 – 24

Multi Pro 5700–D

Fuel Pump
The fuel pump is attached to the frame just outboard of
the fuel injection pump (Fig. 40).

DANGER

7. Wipe up any spilled fuel.
8. Reconnect electrical connector to the fuel stop solenoid.
9. Bleed fuel system (see Operator’s Manual).

Because diesel fuel is highly flammable, use caution when handling it. Do not smoke while testing
the fuel pump. Do not test fuel pump while engine
is hot. Make sure that there is adequate ventilation when testing. Always wipe up any spilled
fuel before starting the engine.
Operational Test
1. Disconnect electrical connector from the fuel stop
solenoid to prevent the engine from firing (see Fuel Stop
Solenoid in this section).

3. Make sure fuel hoses attached to the fuel pump are
free of obstructions.
4. Place pump discharge fuel hose into a large, graduated cylinder sufficient enough to collect 1 liter (33.8 fluid
ounces).
IMPORTANT: When testing the fuel pump, DO NOT
turn ignition switch to START.
Note: Machines that are equipped with a Biodiesel
Conversion Kit will have the same fuel pump as machines with serial numbers above 280000000.
5. Collect fuel in the graduated cylinder by turning ignition switch to the RUN position. Allow pump to run for
time listed below, then return switch to OFF.
A. For machines with serial numbers below
270999999, the amount of fuel collected in the graduated cylinder should be approximately 11.8 fl oz
(350 ml) after thirty (30) seconds.

Figure 40
1. Fuel pump

2. Fuel discharge hose

Fuel Pump Specifications
Fuel pump specifications for machines with serial numbers below 270999999 are as follows:
Pump Capacity
Pressure
Current Draw

23.5 fl oz/min (700 ml/min)
3.3 PSI (22.8 kPa)
0.9 amp

Fuel pump specifications for machines with serial numbers above 280000000 are as follows:
Pump Capacity
Pressure
Current Draw

64 fl oz/min (1.9 liters/min)
7 PSI (48.3 kPa)
2.0 amp

B. For machines with serial numbers above
280000000, the amount of fuel collected in the graduated cylinder should be approximately 16 fl oz (475
ml) after fifteen (15) seconds.
6. Replace fuel pump as necessary. Install fuel hose to
the fuel filter.

Multi Pro 5700--D

Page 5 -- 25 Rev. C

Electrical System

Electrical
System

2. Disconnect pump fuel discharge hose from the fuel
filter.

Fusible Link Harness
The Multi Pro 5700–D uses three (3) fusible links for circuit protection. These fusible links are located in a harness that connects the starter B+ terminal to the main
wire harness (Fig. 41). If any of these links should fail,
current to the protected circuit will cease. Refer to wire
harness drawings in Chapter 8 – Electrical Diagrams for
additional fusible link information.

Use a multimeter to make sure that continuity exists between each terminal pin in connector P1 and connector
J1 at the starter (Fig. 42). If any of the fusible links are
open, replace the complete harness.

Figure 41
1. Starter motor

2. Fusible link harness

FUSIBLE LINK
FUSIBLE LINK
FUSIBLE LINK

Figure 42

Diode Assembly
Two diode assemblies (Fig. 43) are used in the Multi Pro
5700–D wiring harness. Diode D1 is used to provide a
latching circuit for the cruise relay. Diode D2 is used for
circuit protection from voltage spikes that occur when
the cruise control coil is de–energized.
These diodes plug into the vehicle wire harness (see
wire harness drawings in Chapter 8 – Electrical Diagrams).

Figure 43
1. Diode assembly
2. Male terminal

3. Female terminal

Testing
The diodes can be individually tested using a digital
multimeter (diode test or ohms setting) and the table to
the right.

Electrical System

Multimeter
Red Lead (+)
on Terminal

Multimeter
Black Lead (–)
on Terminal

Continuity

Female

Male

YES

Male

Female

Page 5 – 26

Multi Pro 5700–D

Service and Repairs
NOTE: See the Kubota 05 Series Diesel Engine Service Manual for engine electrical component repair information.

Headlights
Removal and Installation
2
1. Set parking brake, turn ignition off, and remove key.

2. Remove two (2) flange head screws that secure
shield to machine. Position shield away from back of
headlight.
3. Unplug wiring harness connector from headlight
bulb.

5
6

NOTE: Headlight bulb can be replaced without removing headlight body. Be careful when servicing bulb. Never touch bulb with fingers – handle bulb by the base.

4. To replace the headlight bulb:
A. Turn the bulb approximately 1/4 turn counterclockwise and remove bulb from headlight body.
Figure 44
1. Headlight lens
2. Headlight body
3. Screw (3 used)

4. Headlight bulb
5. Flange head screw
6. Shield

5. If headlight body or lens requires removal, remove
three (3) screws that secure headlight assembly to machine. Remove headlight assembly. Install in reverse order.
6. After repairs are completed, attach wiring harness
connector to headlight bulb.
7. Attach shield to machine with two (2) flange head
screws.

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 5 – 27

Electrical System

Electrical
System

B. Align bulb base with hole in headlight body. Insert
bulb into headlight body and turn the bulb approximately 1/4 turn clockwise.

Traction Speed Sensor
Removal (Fig. 45)
1. Locate speed sensor on right side wheel motor. Disconnect speed sensor from machine wire harness.
2. Loosen lock nut and remove speed sensor from
wheel motor.
Installation (Fig. 45)

1. Thread lock nut fully onto speed sensor threads.

2. Center a wheel motor piston in the center of the sensor port (see Sensor Port View in Fig. 46). Use a suitable
tool to feel when a motor piston is in the center of the
sensor port.

3. Lubricate O-ring and install onto sensor threads.

4. Thread sensor into port until sensor contacts piston.
Rotate motor output shaft one complete revolution to
make sure it rotates freely.

Figure 45
1. Speed sensor
2. O--ring

3. RH wheel motor housing
4. Motor piston group

5. Turn sensor out (counter-clockwise) until angle between sensor orientation grooves and motor centerline
is between 90o and 93o, then back out sensor one full
turn. Hold sensor at this position and torque lock nut
from 75 to 125 in-lb (8.5 to 14.1 N--m).
6. Plug speed sensor connector into machine wire harness.
SENSOR PORT VIEW
Sensor Port

Orientation
Grooves

Piston

CORRECT
POSITION

Sensor Port

Piston

INCORRECT
POSITION

Lock Nut
Speed Sensor

SENSOR INSTALLATION
90o to 93o

Motor
Centerline

Piston
Orientation
Grooves

SENSOR SIDE VIEW
Figure 46
Electrical System

Page 5 -- 28 Rev. C

Multi Pro 5700--D

Cruise Control Coil
Removal (Fig. 48)
1. Set parking brake, turn ignition off and remove key.

2. Remove hex nut and lock washer that secure shaft
to machine frame. Remove shaft with collar, flange
bushing, plate, and compression spring.
3. Unplug cruise control coil connector from machine
wiring harness. Remove four (4) cap screws, lock washers, and hex nuts that secure coil to frame. Remove
cruise control coil.

Installation (Fig. 48)
1. Attach cruise control coil to frame using four (4) cap
screws, lock washers and hex nuts.
1. Cruise control coil

2. Traction pedal

Anti–seize
Lubricant

3. Plug cruise control coil connector into machine wiring harness.
6
4. Check that gap between cruise coil and plate is
approximately 3/32” (2.4 mm). If gap is incorrect, loosen
set screw in collar and slide collar on shaft to allow proper gap. Tighten set screw to secure collar on shaft.

4 3

5
Electrical
System

2. Position compression spring, plate, and flange bushing to machine making sure to align plate slot with post
on traction pedal. Apply anti–seize lubricant to shaft and
insert shaft with collar. Secure shaft to frame with hex
nut and lock washer.

Figure 47

11
10

9
8

Figure 48
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 5 – 29

Cruise control coil
Compression spring
Plate
Flange bushing
Collar w/setscrew
Shaft

7.
8.
9.
10.
11.

Cap screw (4 used)
Lock washer (4 used)
Hex nut (4 used)
Shaft lock washer
Shaft hex nut

Electrical System

Battery Storage
If the machine will be stored for more than 30 days:
1. Remove the battery and charge it fully (see Battery
Service).

4. Store battery in a cool atmosphere to avoid quick deterioration of the battery charge.
5. To help prevent the battery from freezing, make sure
it is fully charged (see Battery Service).

2. Either store battery on a shelf or on the machine.
3. Leave cables disconnected if the battery is stored on
the machine.

Battery Care
1. Battery electrolyte level must be properly maintained. The top of the battery must be kept clean. lf the
machine is stored in a location where temperatures are
extremely high, the battery will run down more rapidly
than if the machine is stored in a location where temperatures are cool.

3. Battery cables must be tight on terminals to provide
good electrical contact.

WARNING
Connecting cables to the wrong post could result in personal injury and/or damage to the
electrical system.

WARNING
Wear safety goggles and rubber gloves when
working with electrolyte. Charge battery in a
well ventilated place so gasses produced
while charging can dissipate. Since the gases
are explosive, keep open flames and electrical
sparks away from the battery; do not smoke.
Nausea may result if the gases are inhaled. Unplug charger from electrical outlet before connecting or disconnecting charger leads to or
from battery posts.
IMPORTANT: Do not remove battery fill caps while
cleaning.

4. If corrosion occurs at battery terminals, disconnect
cables. Always disconnect negative (–) cable first.
Clean clamps and terminals separately. Reconnect
cables with positive (+) cable first. Coat battery posts
and cable connectors with Battery Terminal Protector
(Toro Part No. 107–0392) or petroleum jelly to prevent
corrosion.
5. Check electrolyte level every 25 operating hours and
every 30 days if machine is in storage.
6. Maintain cell electrolyte level with distilled or demineralized water. Do not fill cells above the fill line.

2. Check battery condition weekly or after every 50
hours of operation. Keep terminals and entire battery
case clean because a dirty battery will discharge slowly.
A. Clean battery by washing entire case with a solution of baking soda and water. Rinse with clear water.
B. Coat battery posts and cable connectors with
Battery Terminal Protector (Toro Part No. 107–0392)
or petroleum jelly to prevent corrosion.

Electrical System

Page 5 – 30

Multi Pro 5700–D

Battery Service
The battery is the heart of the electrical system. With
regular and proper service, battery life can be extended.
Additionally, battery and electrical component failure
can be prevented.

2. Make sure battery compartment is clean and repainted if necessary. Make sure all battery cables, connections and battery retainer are in good condition.
3. Place battery in its compartment with the battery
posts toward the rear of the vehicle. Make sure battery
is level and flat.

CAUTION
When working with batteries, use extreme caution to avoid splashing or spilling electrolyte.
Electrolyte can destroy clothing and burn skin or
eyes. Always wear safety goggles and a face
shield when working with batteries.

4. Secure battery retainer. Do not overtighten to prevent cracking or distorting the battery case.
5. Connect positive (+) cable connector onto positive
battery post. Tighten cap screw and nut using two
wrenches.
6. Connect a digital multimeter (set to amps) between
the negative battery post and the ground (–) cable connector. The reading should be less than 0.1 amp. If the
reading is 0.1 amp or more, the unit’s electrical system
should be tested and repaired.

Electrolyte Specific Gravity
Fully charged: 1.265 corrected to 80oF (26.7oC)
Discharged: less than 1.240
Battery Specifications
BCI Group Size 34
690 CCA at 0o F (–18o C)
Reserve Capacity of 100 minutes at 80oF (27oC)

7. Connect ground (–) cable connector to the negative
battery post. Tighten cap screw and lock nut using two
wrenches.

Dimensions (including terminal posts)
Length
10.17 inches (25.8 cm)
Width
6.65 inches (16.9 cm)
Height
7.98 inches (20.3 cm)

Battery Removal (Fig. 49)
IMPORTANT: Be careful not to damage battery terminal posts or cable connectors when removing the
battery cables.

Electrical
System

8. Coat battery posts and cable connectors with Battery
Terminal Protector (Toro Part No. 107–0392) or petroleum jelly to prevent corrosion.
3

1. Make sure ignition and all accessories are OFF.
2

2. Using two wrenches, loosen cap screw and nut on
ground (–) cable connector first and then remove
ground (–) cable from battery. This should prevent short
circuiting the battery, other components or the operators’ hands.
1

3. Loosen cap screw and nut on positive (+) cable connector using two wrenches. Remove positive (+) cable
from battery.
4. Loosen cap screw and flange nut that secure battery
retainer to the battery compartment.

Figure 49
1. Battery
2. Positive battery cable

3. Negative battery cable

5. Make sure battery vent caps are on tightly.
6. Remove battery from the battery compartment to a
service area to allow better access for service.
Battery Installation (Fig. 49)
IMPORTANT: To prevent possible electrical problems, install only a fully charged battery.
1. Make sure ignition and all accessories are OFF.
Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 5 – 31

Electrical System

Inspection, Maintenance, and Testing
1. Perform the following inspections and maintenance:
A. Replace battery if cracked or leaking.
B. Check battery terminal posts for corrosion. Use
wire brush to clean corrosion from posts.
IMPORTANT: Before cleaning the battery, tape or
block vent holes to the filler caps and make sure the
caps are on tightly.
C. Check for signs of wetness or leakage on the top
of the battery which might indicate a loose or missing
filler cap, overcharging, loose terminal post, or overfilling. Also, check battery case for dirt and oil. Clean
the battery with a solution of baking soda and water,
then rinse it with clean water.
D. Check that the cover seal is not broken away. Replace the battery if the seal is broken or leaking.
E. Check the electrolyte level in each cell. If the level
is below the tops of the plates in any cell, fill all cells
with distilled water between the minimum and maximum fill lines. Charge at 15 to 25 amps for 15 minutes to allow sufficient mixing of the electrolyte.
2. Conduct a hydrometer test of the battery electrolyte.
IMPORTANT: Make sure the area around the cells is
clean before opening the battery caps.
A. Measure the specific gravity of each cell with a
hydrometer. Draw electrolyte in and out of the
hydrometer barrel prior to taking a reading to warm–
up the hydrometer. At the same time take the temperature of the cell.
B. Temperature correct each cell reading. For each
10oF (5.5oC) above 80oF (26.7oC) add 0.004 to the
specific gravity reading. For each 10oF (5.5oC) below 80oF (26.7oC) subtract 0.004 from the specific
gravity reading.
Example: Cell Temperature
100oF
Cell Gravity
1.245
100oF minus 80oF equals 20oF
(37.7oC minus 26.7oC equals 11.0oC)
20oF multiply by 0.004/10oF equals 0.008
(11oC multiply by 0.004/5.5oC equals 0.008)
ADD (conversion above)
0.008
Correction to 80oF (26.7oC)
1.253

Electrical System

C. If the difference between the highest and lowest
cell specific gravity is 0.050 or greater or the lowest
cell specific gravity is less than 1.225, charge the battery. Charge at the recommended rate and time given in Charging or until all cells specific gravity is
1.225 or greater with the difference in specific gravity
between the highest and lowest cell less than 0.050.
If these charging conditions can not be met, replace
the battery.
3. Perform a high–discharge test with an adjustable
load tester.
This is one of the most reliable means of testing a battery
as it simulates the cold–cranking test. A commercial battery load tester is required to perform this test.

CAUTION
Follow the battery tester manufacturer’s instructions when using a battery tester.
A. Check the voltage across the battery terminals
prior to testing the battery. If the voltage is less than
12.4 VDC, recharge the battery.
B. If the battery has been charged, apply a 150 amp
load for 15 seconds to remove the surface charge.
Use a battery load tester following the manufacturer’s instructions.
C. Make sure battery terminals are free of corrosion.
D. Measure the temperature of the center cell.
E. Connect a battery load tester to the battery terminals following the battery tester manufacturer’s
instructions. Connect a digital multimeter to the
battery terminals.
F. Apply a test load of one half the Cranking Performance (see Battery Specifications) rating of the battery for 15 seconds.
G. Take a voltage reading at 15 seconds, then remove the load.

Page 5 – 32

Multi Pro 5700–D

H. Using the table below, determine the minimum
voltage for the cell temperature reading:
Battery Electrolyte
Temperature

Minimum
Voltage
9.6

70oF

(and up)

21.1oC

Battery
Reserve
Capacity
(Minutes)

75%

50%

25%

80 or less

3.8 hrs
@
3 amps

7.5 hrs
@
3 amps

11.3 hrs
@
3 amps

15 hrs
@
3 amps

81 to 125

5.3 hrs
@
4 amps

10.5 hrs
@
4 amps

15.8 hrs
@
4 amps

21 hrs
@
4 amps

126 to
170

5.5 hrs
@
5 amps

11 hrs
@
5 amps

16.5 hrs
@
5 amps

22 hrs
@
5 amps

171 to
250

5.8 hrs
@
6 amps

11.5 hrs
@
6 amps

17.3 hrs
@
6 amps

23 hrs
@
6 amps

above
250

6 hrs
12 hrs
18 hrs
24 hrs
@
@
@
@
10 amps 10 amps 10 amps 10 amps

(and up)

9.5

60oF

15.6oC

9.4

50oF

10.0oC

9.3

40oF

4.4oC

9.1

30oF

–1.1oC

8.9

20oF

–6.7oC

8.7

10oF

–12.2oC

8.5

0oF

–17.8oC

I. If the test voltage is below the minimum, replace
the battery. If the test voltage is at or above the minimum, return the battery to service.

Battery Charge Level
(Percent of Fully Charged)

Battery Charging

CAUTION
Follow the manufacturer’s instructions when using a battery charger.
NOTE: Using specific gravity of the battery cells is the
most accurate method of determining battery condition.
1. Determine the battery charge level from either its
specific gravity or open circuit voltage.
Battery Charge
Level

Specific
Gravity

Open Circuit
Voltage

100%

1.265

12.68

75%

1.225

12.45

50%

1.190

12.24

25%

1.155

12.06

1.120

11.89

2. Determine the charging time and rate using the
manufacturer’s battery charger instructions or the
following table.

Multi Pro 5700–D

CAUTION
Do not charge a frozen battery because it can explode and cause injury. Let the battery warm to
60oF (15.5o C) before connecting to a charger.
Charge the battery in a well–ventilated place to
dissipate gases produced from charging. These
gases are explosive; keep open flame and electrical spark away from the battery. Do not smoke.
Nausea may result if the gases are inhaled. Unplug the charger from the electrical outlet before
connecting or disconnecting the charger leads
from the battery posts.
3. Following the battery charger manufacturer’s
instructions, connect the charger cables to the battery.
Make sure a good connection is made.
4. Charge the battery following the battery charger
manufacturer’s instructions.
5. Occasionally check the temperature of the battery
electrolyte. If the temperature exceeds 125oF (51.6oC)
or the electrolyte is violently gassing or spewing, the
charging rate must be lowered or temporarily stopped.
6. Three hours prior to the end of the charging, measure the specific gravity of a battery cell once per hour.
The battery is fully charged when the cells are gassing
freely at a low charging rate and there is less than a
0.003 change in specific gravity for three consecutive
readings.

Page 5 – 33

Electrical System

Electrical
System

To minimize possible damage to the battery and allow
the battery to be fully charged, the slow charging method is presented here. This charging method can be accomplished with a constant current battery charger
which is available in most shops.

This page is intentionally blank.

Electrical System

Page 5 – 34

Multi Pro 5700–D

Chapter 6

Spray System
Table of Contents
Boom Bypass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Tank Suction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Tank Drain Valve (Machines with Serial
Numbers Below 270000000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Tank Drain Valve (Machines with Serial
Numbers Above 270000000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.1
Turret Bodies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Turret Body Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Boom Frame Breakaway Pivot Assembly
(Machines with Serial Numbers Below
260000000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Boom Hinge (Machines with Serial Numbers
Above 260000000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Boom Actuator (Machines with Serial
Numbers Below 260000000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Boom Actuator Service (Machines with Serial
Numbers Below 260000000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Boom Actuator (Machines with Serial
Numbers Above 260000000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Boom Actuator Service (Machines with Serial
Numbers Above 260000000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Pro Control Spray System (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . 50

Spray
System

SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
GENERAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Precautions Concerning Chemicals Used in
Spray System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Precautions for Removing or Adjusting Spray
System Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
O--Ring Seal Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SPRAY SYSTEM FLOW DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
SPRAY SYSTEM OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
SERVICE AND REPAIRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Suction Dampener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Pressure Dampener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Spray Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Spray Pump Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Agitation Nozzles (Tank Mounted) . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Pressure Relief Valve (Tank Mounted) . . . . . . . . . 18
Spray Control Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Boom Valve Motor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Agitation Valve Motor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Boom and Agitation Valve Motor Service (Machines
with Serial Numbers Below 310000000) . . . . . 26
Boom and Agitation Valve Motor Service (Machines
with Serial Numbers Above 310000000) . . . . . 29

Multi Pro 5700--D

Page 6 -- 1

Rev. D

Spray System

Specifications
Item

Description

Spray Pump

Diaphragm Pump, 30 GPM (114 LPM) @ 200 PSI

Spray Pressure Relief Valve

Poppet Style, 220 PSI Maximum

Sprayer Tank

300 Gallon (1136 Liter), Polyethylene

Suction Strainer

Spray System

50 Mesh (Blue), Stainless Steel, Tank Mounted
(30 Mesh (Red) and 80 Mesh (Green) Optional)

Page 6 – 2

Multi Pro 5700–D

General Information
Precautions Concerning Chemicals Used in Spray System
Chemicals can injure persons, animals, plants, soil, or
other property. To eliminate environmental damage and
personal injury:
1. Select the proper chemical for the job.
2. Carefully read the directions printed on the chemical
manufacturer’s labels before handling chemicals. Instructions on chemical manufacturer’s container labels
regarding mixing proportions should be read and strictly
followed.

4. Always wear protective clothing, chemical resistant
gloves, eye protection, and other personal protective
equipment as recommended by the chemical manufacturer.
5. Properly dispose of chemical containers, unused
chemicals, and chemical solution.

3. Keep spray material away from skin. If spray material
comes in contact with a person, wash it off immediately
in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations
(container labels and Material Safety Data Sheets).

Precautions for Removing or Adjusting Spray System Components
1. Stop the vehicle and set the parking brake.
2. Shut off the vehicle’s engine and remove the key
from the ignition switch.

4. Remove chemicals from pump, hoses, and other
spray components. Thoroughly neutralize and rinse
spray system before loosening or removing any spray
system component(s).

3. Disengage all power and wait until all moving parts
have stopped.

5. Make sure line pressure is relieved before loosening
any system component.

O--Ring Seal Kit
Part Number: 106--4846
Spray
System

The O--Ring Seal Kit includes an assortment of O--rings
used for sealing spray control valves on machines with
serial numbers below 310000000. It is recommended
that O--rings be replaced every two (2) years or whenever a fitting is loosened.

SPRAYER
O--RING SEAL KIT
PART NO. 106--4846
Figure 1

Multi Pro 5700--D

Page 6 -- 3

Rev. D

Spray System

SUCTION
DAMPENER

AGITATION

DIAPHRAGM
PUMP

TANK

PRESSURE
DAMPENER

TOP MOUNTED TANK
DRAIN VALVE

PRESSURE
GAUGE

PRESSURE
RELIEF
VALVE

AGITATION

Page 6 – 4
AGITATION

FLOWMETER
(if equipped)

BOOM BYPASS

TOP MOUNTED
SUCTION
& SCREEN

LEFT BOOM

CENTER BOOM

RIGHT BOOM

BOOM SUPPLY

BOOM CONTROL
VALVES

AGITATION

Spray System Flow Diagram

SUCTION
PRESSURE
AGITATION
BOOM SUPPLY
FLOW DIRECTION

Multi Pro 5700–D

Spray System Operation

The downward stroke of the pumps’ two connecting
rods and diaphragms create suction to allow fluid to be
drawn from the spray tank to the pump via the suction
tube, suction strainer, hoses, and connectors. A suction
dampener placed in the suction line dampens suction
pulses to smooth suction flow. Suction valves positioned
in the pump valve chamber prevent fluid from being
pumped back into the suction line. Leaks in the suction
line will cause system problems and often will be indicated by erratic suction line jumping and excessive
pump noise.
Once to the pump, the fluid is pushed by the upward
stroke of the pumps’ two connecting rods and diaphragms to the pressure side of the spray system
through hoses, connectors, control valves, and spray
nozzles. A pressure dampener at the pump outlet
smooths system pressure pulsation. Pressure valves
positioned in the pump head prevent fluid from being
drawn back into the pump. Maximum pressure in the
system is limited by a pressure relief valve located in the
tank. A pressure gauge on the dash panel indicates
spray system pressure.
Battery current for spray system fuses, switches, valve
motors, and other components is provided by the accessory solenoid when the machine ignition switch is in the
RUN position. For spray system electrical component
information and test procedures, see Chapter 5 – Electrical System.
The machine operator controls the spray system on the
Multi Pro 5700–D with electrical switches located on the
spray console. Switches include a spray pump on/off
switch, an application rate (increase/decrease) switch,
an agitation control switch and three boom control
switches. These switches control the PWM Valve, the
agitation control valve and three boom control valves.
Additionally, a master (foot) boom valve switch allows
the operator to turn off/on all three boom sections.
The spray pump is directly coupled to and driven by a hydraulic motor. Flow from the hydraulic gear pump to the
motor is controlled by the Pulse Width Modulated
(PWM) Valve. Based on available current (mA) from the
spray pump application rate (increase/decrease)
switch, the PWM spool valve directs gear pump flow to
the spray pump hydraulic motor. This hydraulic flow
causes the motor to rotate the spray system pump for
spray system operation.

Multi Pro 5700–D

When the spray pump is on, application rate (increase/
decrease) switches allow the operator to adjust electrical current to the PWM Valve solenoid. Higher current
(rate increase) to the PWM solenoid increases hydraulic
flow to the spray pump motor and results in a higher
spray pump speed with more output/pressure. Lower
current (rate decrease) to the PWM solenoid decreases
hydraulic flow to the spray pump motor and results in a
lower spray pump speed with less output/pressure. Desired spray pump pressure should be based on boom
nozzle selection and ground speed (see Nozzle Selection Guide (Toro Form No. 3351–389) for information regarding boom nozzle selection).
When the agitation switch is ON, the switch light is illuminated and the agitation control valve is opened. This
open valve directs system flow to three agitation nozzles
in the spray tank. When the agitation switch is OFF, the
agitation control valve is closed so no flow is available
for tank agitation nozzles.
When a boom control switch (left, center or right) is ON,
the switch light is illuminated and the boom control valve
for that boom is opened. This open valve directs system
flow to the spray nozzles located on the boom section.
When a boom control switch is OFF, the boom control
valve is closed so no flow is available to that spray boom.
A manually adjustable boom bypass valve is incorporated in each of the boom control valves. Proper adjustment of the boom bypass valves prevents system
pressure changes when a boom section is shut off. Flow
from the boom bypass valves is directed back to the tank
(boom bypass).
An optional Pro Control Spray System is available for
the Multi Pro 5700–D. This system includes a console
computer and an inline flowmeter to control the spray
pressure system. The flowmeter is positioned in the
pressure side of the spray system directly before the
boom control valves. The flowmeter measures spray
boom flow. The Pro Control computer determines system application rate based on operator programming
and inputs from the flowmeter and the ground speed
sensor located in the right rear wheel motor. Additional
Pro Control information can be found in the Pro Control
Spray System Operator’s Manual.
NOTE: When a vehicle is equipped with the optional
Pro Control Spray System, the balancing valves on all
boom valve motors must be fully closed.

Page 6 – 5

Spray System

Spray
System

The Multi Pro 5700–D spray system uses a positive displacement diaphragm pump to move spray solution
from the spray tank to the boom nozzles. The spray
pump is self–priming and has a dry crankcase.

Troubleshooting
Problem

Possible Cause

Spray system leaks fluid.

Fitting(s), hose(s), or tube(s) are loose or damaged.
O--ring(s) or seal(s) are missing or damaged.
Spray tank drain valve not seating.

Fluid leaking from bottom of spray
pump.

Faulty diaphragm(s) in spray pump.

Excessive suction hose vibration.

Suction screen in tank is plugged.
Spray pump suction line has an air leak.
Suction tube in spray tank has air leak.
Suction line is restricted.
Suction dampener diaphragm is damaged.

Spray pressure decreases while
operating sprayer.

Suction line is restricted.
Suction screen in tank is plugged.
Agitation jet(s) in tank loose (only occurs if agitation switch is on).
Spray nozzles worn or damaged.
Pressure line or component is restricted or damaged.
Engine speed is low.
Pressure relief valve in tank is stuck.
Spray pump is damaged.

Nozzles on spray boom section leak
when boom is switched off.

Diaphragm in turret body is leaking or damaged.

Spray pump doesn’t rotate.

Spray pump switch off or damaged.

Boom valve motor for affected boom is not seating.

Pressure increase/decrease switch not set.
Key on spray pump or hydraulic motor shaft is sheared.
Spray pump coupler assembly is damaged.
Pump drive hydraulic motor not engaged or is damaged (see Chapter 4 -- Hydraulic System).
Pro Control (if equipped) not set up correctly.

Spray System

Page 6 -- 6

Multi Pro 5700--D

Erratic spray operation from booms.

Clogged strainer.
Damaged suction dampener.
Damaged pressure dampener.
Clogged or damaged spray nozzle(s).
Spray nozzles are different sizes.
Console boom switch(es) dirty, corroded, or damaged.
Boom valve motor seat loose or damaged.
Boom valve motor actuating cam worn or sticking.
Boom bypass set incorrectly.

No spray output from one spray
boom.

Hoses on boom are pinched or kinked.
Boom valve motor for affected boom not opening.
Fuse for affected boom valve motor blown.
Console boom switch for affected boom valve dirty, corroded, or
damaged.
Check for 12 volts at affected boom valve motor in both directions
(on and off).

Low spray rate from one nozzle.

Clogged or damaged nozzle.
Spray nozzles are different sizes.

Spray
System

Boom valve motor for affected boom not seating.

Multi Pro 5700--D

Page 6 -- 7

Spray System

Service and Repairs
Suction Dampener
The suction dampener is mounted to the suction line at
the spray pump (Fig. 2) and is used to dampen suction
pulses to smooth suction flow. During normal pump operation, the suction dampener diaphragm will move.
IMPORTANT: Make sure to neutralize and remove
chemicals from pump and hoses before loosening
and removing spray system components.

3
1

A damaged suction dampener diaphragm will allow a
suction leak and will cause improper pump operation. If
the diaphragm is damaged, remove diaphragm from
dampener housing and replace it (Fig. 3).
2

Figure 2
1. Spray pump
2. Suction dampener

3. Suction hose

1
4
2
3
Figure 3
1. Spray pump
2. O–ring

Spray System

Page 6 – 8

3. Dampener housing
4. Diaphragm

Multi Pro 5700–D

Pressure Dampener
The pressure dampener is mounted to the pressure line
at the spray pump (Fig. 4) and is used to smooth system
pressure pulsation. Adjust air pressure on the pressure
dampener from 12 to 15 PSI (.83 to 1.03 bar).

2
3

IMPORTANT: Any fluid in the pressure dampener
will include spray system chemicals so take necessary precautions when working with the dampener.
Use appropriate protective equipment: protective
clothing, chemical resistant gloves and eye protection.

If fluid is present when pressure in the dampener is
checked, the diaphragm in the pressure dampener is
damaged and should be replaced.
Figure 4

Dampener Service (Fig. 5)
IMPORTANT: Make sure to neutralize and remove
chemicals from pump and hoses before loosening
and removing spray system components.

1. Spray pump
2. Pressure dampener

1. Loosen and remove twelve (12) cap screws and nuts
that secure diaphragm between housings.

3
2

3. Replace diaphragm and reassemble dampener.

6
1

Spray
System

2. Remove diaphragm from dampener.

3. Pressure hose

Figure 5
1.
2.
3.
4.

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 6 – 9

Spray pump
O–ring
Hex nut (12 used)
Rear housing

5.
6.
7.
8.

Diaphragm
Front housing
Cap screw (12 used)
Air valve

Spray System

Spray Pump

4
5

6
7

RIGHT
14

10
2
10

13
12

9
8

Loctite #242

FRONT

Loctite #242

6
11

2
Antiseize
Lubricant

Antiseize
Lubricant

17
19

Figure 6
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Spray pump assembly
Flange nut
Square key
Lock nut
Pump hub
Coupler spacer
Rubber coupling

8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

Flat washer
Cap screw
Set screw
Hydraulic motor hub
Flange head screw
Rear guard plate
Front guard plate

IMPORTANT: Make sure to neutralize and remove
chemicals from pump and hoses before loosening
and removing spray system components.
Removal (Fig. 6)
1. Park machine on a level surface, stop engine, engage parking brake, and remove key from the ignition
switch.
2. Loosen hose clamp that secures suction hose to
hose barb (Fig. 7). Pull suction hose from hose barb.
Spray System

15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.

Flange nut
PWM Valve
Pump mount bracket
Flange head screw (4 used)
Woodruff key
Hydraulic motor
U--bolt (2 used)

3. Loosen hose clamp that secures pressure hose to
hose barb (Fig. 7). Pull pressure hose from hose barb.
4. Remove flange head screw and flange nut that secure front and rear guard plate. Remove four (4) flange
nuts that retain guard plates to pump mount bracket. Remove guard plates from machine.
NOTE: Machines with serial numbers above
290000400 use two (2) rubber couplings (item 7).

Page 6 -- 10 Rev. D

Multi Pro 5700--D

5. Remove lock nuts, flat washers, cap screws, and
coupler spacers that secure rubber coupling to pump
hub.
6. Remove four (4) flange head screws and flange nuts
that secure pump to pump mount bracket.
7. Remove pump from machine.
8. If needed, loosen set screws in pump hub. Pull hub
from pump shaft. Locate and remove key from pump
shaft. Remove set screws from pump hub. Clean
threads of set screws and hub.

9. Secure pump to mounting bracket by tightening
flange head screws and flange nuts.
10.Position front and rear guard plates to pump mount
bracket. Install and tighten flange head screw and
flange nut to guard plates. Install flange nuts to secure
guard plates to pump mount bracket.
11. Install pressure and suction hoses to correct barb fittings (Fig. 7). Secure hoses with hose clamps.

9. If needed, remove pressure dampener, tee fitting
(pressure), and elbow fitting (pressure) from pump outlet (Fig. 8).

1
2

10.If needed, remove suction dampener and tee fitting
(suction) from pump inlet (Fig. 8).
Installation (Fig. 6)
NOTE: Coat all spray system O--rings with vegetable
oil before installation to reduce the chance of damage
during assembly.
Figure 7
1. Pressure hose

2. If removed, install tee fitting (suction) and suction
dampener to pump inlet. Orientate tee toward rear of
machine (Fig. 8).

4. If pump hub was removed, apply antiseize lubricant
to pump shaft. Install key in shaft and slide pump hub
onto shaft.

8. Turn pump shaft by hand and position pump on
mounting bracket to best align the coupling assembly
between the pump shaft and the hydraulic motor shaft.
Multi Pro 5700--D

4
3

12 13 14
15

2
1

5. Position pump on pump mounting bracket and install
flange head screws and flange nuts to pump and mounting bracket. Leave fasteners loose.

7. If pump hub was removed, apply Loctite #242 (or
equivalent) to threads of pump hub set screws. Install
set screws into pump hub to secure hub to pump shaft.

8
9

3. If removed, install elbow fitting (pressure), tee fitting
(pressure), and pressure dampener to pump outlet.
Orientate elbow toward rear of machine (Fig. 8).

6. Place coupling spacers into rubber coupling. Install
cap screws, flat washers, and lock nuts to secure rubber
coupling to pump hub. Make sure that cap screw
threads extend through lock nut.

2. Suction hose

17
16

9
Figure 8

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Spray pump
Pressure hose (1”)
Hose clamp
Hose barb
Nut
Gasket
Tee fitting (pressure)
Elbow fitting (pressure)
O--ring

Page 6 -- 11 Rev. D

10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.

Pressure dampener
Suction hose (1 1/2”)
Hose clamp
Nut
Seal
Tee fitting (suction)
Suction dampener
Hose barb

Spray System

Spray
System

1. Apply PTFE tape to threads of removed tee fitting
(pressure), elbow fitting (pressure), and tee fitting (suction). Position new O--rings and gaskets on suction and
pressure fittings that were removed during disassembly.

Spray Pump Service

60 ft–lb
(80 N–m)

2
25

3
2

25
55 ft–lb
(75 N–m)

4
9

60 ft–lb
(80 N–m)

6
7
8
7

5
6

9
32 ft–lb
(44 N–m)

22
10

32 ft–lb
(44 N–m)

25 ft–lb
(34 N–m)

Figure 9
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Valve chamber
Valve (inlet position)
O–ring
Diaphragm cover
Hex bolt
Washer
Diaphragm
Diaphragm back disc
Nylon washer

Spray System

10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.

Lock washer
Hex bolt
Ball bearing (crankshaft)
Dust plate
Pump casing
Hex bolt (30 mm long) (3 used)
Hex bolt (4 used per cover)
Hex bolt (55 mm long) (2 used)
Felt seal

Page 6 – 12

19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.

Hex nut
Connecting rod
Ball bearing (connecting rod)
Grease fitting
Crankshaft
Hex nut (5 used)
Valve (outlet position)
Hex bolt (2 used)
Poly o–ring

Multi Pro 5700–D

D. Position dust plate and felt seal on both ends of
crankshaft.

Disassembly (Fig. 9)
IMPORTANT: Make sure to remove and neutralize
chemicals from pump before disassembly. Wear
protective clothing, chemical resistant gloves, and
eye protection during pump repair.
NOTE: Many pump components can be easily reversed. During disassembly, make note of component
position (e.g. crankshaft, valve chamber) to assure correct assembly.
1. Remove two (2) hex bolts that retain valve chamber
to pump. Separate valve chamber from pump.

IMPORTANT: If connecting rod position is incorrect, pump will not operate properly.
E. Slide crankshaft assembly into pump casing. The
rear connecting rod should be positioned to the left
side and the connecting rod closest to you to the right
side (Fig. 10).
2. Place second pump casing onto assembly. Pump
casing surfaces should mate together.

2. Remove inlet and outlet valves and o–rings from
each diaphragm cover. Note orientation of valves. Discard valves and o–rings. Clean valve and o–ring seats
in the valve chambers and diaphragm covers.
3. Remove hex bolts that secure diaphragm covers to
pump. Remove diaphragm covers.

4. Remove hex bolt, washer, nylon washer, diaphragm,
and diaphragm back disc from each connecting rod.
Discard diaphragms.
5. Remove five (5) hex bolts and nuts that secure pump
casing halves together. Note location of two (2) longer
hex bolts. Carefully separate pump casing halves.

Figure 10
1. Closest connecting rod (to right side)
2. Rear connecting rod (to left side)

6. Clean grease from bottom of housing and check condition of bearings on crankshaft. If bearings require replacement, remove and disassemble crankshaft:
A. Remove crankshaft assembly from pump casing.

C. Loosen bolt and hex nut that secure connecting
rods to crankshaft. Slide connecting rods from crankshaft.

D. Press ball bearings from crankshaft.

2
2

Assembly (Fig. 9)
1. If disassembled, assemble crankshaft.
A. Hand pack new bearings with #2 general purpose
lithium base grease.

Figure 11
1. Hex bolt (30 mm long)

2. Hex bolt (55 mm long)

B. Pressing on bearing inner race, install two connecting rod and two crankshaft ball bearings onto
crankshaft.
C. Slide connecting rods onto rod bearings. Offsets
of the connecting rods should face each other. Install
hex bolt, flat washers, and hex nut to connecting rod.
Torque hex nuts to 25 ft–lb (34 N–m) to secure connecting rod to crankshaft.
Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 6 – 13

Spray System

Spray
System

B. Slide felt seal and dust plate from both ends of
crankshaft.

3. Install three (3) shorter (30 mm) and two (2) longer
(55 mm) bolts into pump casing assembly (Fig. 11).
Thread hex nuts onto bolts but do not fully tighten.
Check that crankshaft turns freely.
4. Place diaphragm back disc and new diaphragm onto
each connecting rod. The connecting rods should extend above the diaphragms when correctly installed
(Fig. 12). Position nylon washer and washer on each
connecting rod and then thread hex bolt into connecting
rod. Torque bolt to 60 ft–lb (80 N–m).

5. Make sure that pump casings align and then secure
pump casing assembly by torquing five (5) bolts to 32 ft–
lb (44 N–m).
6. Secure diaphragm covers to pump using hex bolts (4
per cover). Torque bolts to 55 ft–lb (75 N–m).

Figure 12
1. Diaphragm

7. Place new o–rings and valves into diaphragm cover
openings (Fig. 13). Inlet valves should be installed with
the spring down into the cover. Outlet valves should be
installed in with the spring up and away from cover.

2. Connecting rod

8. Place valve chamber over valves noting orientation
of chamber inlet and outlet. Secure valve chamber with
two (2) hex bolts. Torque bolts 60 ft–lb (80 N–m).

Figure 13
1. Inlet (suction)
2. Inlet valve

Spray System

Page 6 – 14

3. Outlet valve

Multi Pro 5700–D

Spray
System

This page is intentionally blank.

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 6 – 15

Spray System

Agitation Nozzles (Tank Mounted)

1
2
21
4

10
5
9

8
6

7
7

12
13

4
1

1
3

FRONT

RIGHT

5
17

NOTE: ARROWS SHOW FLUID
FLOW DIRECTION

Figure 14
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

O–ring
Fork
Hosebarb
Bulkhead nut
Hose clamp
Bulkhead gasket
Bulkhead fitting

Spray System

8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

Elbow fitting
Agitation nozzle
Nut
Hose (3/4”)
Nut
Hosebarb
Hose (3/4”)

Page 6 – 16

15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.

Tee fitting
Hose (3/4”)
R clamp
Flange head screw
Hose (3/4”)
Agitation supply hose (3/4”)
Spray tank

Multi Pro 5700–D

IMPORTANT: Make sure to remove and neutralize
chemicals from tank and other components before
disassembly. Wear protective clothing, chemical resistant gloves, and eye protection during repair.

SERIAL NUMBER BELOW 310000000
1

Disassembly (Fig. 14)
1. Park machine on a level surface, stop engine, engage parking brake, and remove key from the ignition
switch.
2. Drain spray tank (see Operator’s Manual).
2

3. Label disconnected hoses for proper installation after repairs are completed.
4. Remove agitation nozzles as required using Figure
14 as a guide. Discard all removed O--rings and gaskets.

Figure 15
1. Agitation valve motor

2. Agitation supply hose

Assembly (Fig. 14)
NOTE: Coat all O--rings with vegetable oil before installation to reduce the chance of damage during assembly.

SERIAL NUMBER ABOVE 310000000
1

1. Install agitation nozzles using Figure 14 as a guide.
Replace all removed O--rings and gaskets.
2. Check spray system for leaks.

Figure 16
1. Agitation valve motor

Multi Pro 5700--D

Page 6 -- 17 Rev. D

2. Agitation supply

Spray System

Spray
System

Pressure Relief Valve (Tank Mounted)

13
6

FRONT

RIGHT

5
4

NOTE: ARROWS SHOW FLUID
FLOW DIRECTION

Figure 16
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Spray tank
Pressure supply hose (1”)
Hose clamp
Hosebarb
O–ring

Spray System

6.
7.
8.
9.

Fork
Tee fitting assembly
Pressure relief valve hose (1”)
Hosebarb

Page 6 – 18

10.
11.
12.
13.

O–ring
Ringnut
Gasket
Relief valve assembly

Multi Pro 5700–D

IMPORTANT: Make sure to remove and neutralize
chemicals from tank and other components before
disassembly. Wear protective clothing, chemical resistant gloves, and eye protection during repair.

Removal (Fig. 16)
1. Park machine on a level surface, stop engine, engage parking brake, and remove key from the ignition
switch.
2. Drain spray tank (see Operator’s Manual).
3. Label disconnected hoses for proper installation after repairs are completed.
4. Remove pressure relief valve from spray tank using
Figures 16 and 17 as guides. Discard all removed o–
rings and gaskets.

Figure 17
1. Pressure relief valve

5. Disassemble relief valve using Figure 18 as a guide.

2. Hose to pressure relief

Assembly (Fig. 16)

NOTE: Coat all o–rings with vegetable oil before installation to reduce the chance of damage during assembly.

2
1

1. Replace relief valve components that are worn or
damaged. Assemble relief valve using Figure 18 as a
guide.

2. Install pressure relief valve using Figures 16 and 17
as guides. Replace all removed o–rings and gaskets.
Figure 18
1. Nut
2. Seat
3. Spring

4. Cone
5. Relief valve housing

Spray
System

3. Check spray system for leaks.

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 6 – 19

Spray System

Spray Control Assembly

SERIAL NUMBER BELOW 250999999 SHOWN
10
12

9
9

7
10

6
3

5
2

20
27

24
25
28

29
29
30

FRONT
8

RIGHT

31
22

Figure 20
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.

Boom valve motor assembly
O--ring
Flange nut
Flange nut
Flange head screw
Boom mounting bracket
Cross support angle
RH boom mount
Flange nut
Boom hold--in assembly
Valve mounting bar
LH boom mount

13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.

Flange head screw
R--clamp
Support bracket
Tee assembly
Agitation valve motor
O--ring
Hosebarb
Hose clamp
Agitation supply hose (1”)
Fork
Flange head screw
Flange head screw

25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.

Carriage bolt
Mount bracket
Boom bypass hose (1”)
Fork
Hose clamp
Boom supply hose (3 used)
Boom supply hose (1 1/2”)
Hose clamp
Hosebarb
Pressure gauge tube
Hosebarb

IMPORTANT: Make sure to remove and neutralize
chemicals from spray components before disassembly. Wear protective clothing, chemical resistant gloves, and eye protection during repair.

2. On machines with serial number below 310000000,
remove two (2) flange head screws and flange nuts that
secure support bracket (item 15) to mount bracket (item
26). Position bracket away from spray control assembly.

Removal (Fig. 20)

3. Label hoses for proper installation after repairs are
completed (Fig. 21). Loosen hose clamps and disconnect hoses from spray control assembly as needed.

1. Park machine on a level surface, stop engine, engage parking brake, and remove key from the ignition
switch.

Spray System

Page 6 -- 20 Rev. D

Multi Pro 5700--D

4. If boom valve motor assembly is to be removed:

SERIAL NUMBER BELOW 310000000

A. Unplug machine wire harness connectors from
boom valve motor(s).

B. Remove pressure gauge tube from boom valve
motor assembly.
C. Remove fasteners that secure boom valve motors to mount bracket (Fig. 22 or 23).

2
6

D. Remove boom valve motor assembly from machine.

6
6

5. If agitation valve motor is to be removed:
A. Unplug machine wire harness connectors from
agitation valve motor.

Figure 21
1. Agitation valve motor
2. Agitation supply hose
3. LH boom valve motor

B. Remove fasteners that secure agitation valve
motor to mount bracket (Fig. 22 or 23).

4. Center boom valve motor
5. RH boom valve motor
6. Boom supply hose

SERIAL NUMBER BELOW 310000000

C. Remove agitation valve motor from machine.

6. Remove additional spray control components as required using Figure 20 as a guide. Discard all removed
O--rings and gaskets.
Assembly (Fig. 20)
NOTE: Coat all O--rings with vegetable oil before installation to reduce the chance of damage during assembly.
1. Install spray control components using Figure 20 as
a guide. Replace all removed O--rings and gaskets.
2. Position removed motor assembly to mount bracket
and secure with fasteners removed during disassembly
(Fig. 22 or 23).

Figure 22
1. Boom valve motors
2. Agitation valve motor

3. Flange head screw
4. Flange nut

Spray
System

3. On machines with serial number below 310000000,
secure support bracket to mount bracket with two (2)
flange head screws and flange nuts.

SERIAL NUMBER ABOVE 310000000

4. Install hoses to correct locations on spray control assembly (Fig. 21). Secure hoses with hose clamps.

5. If removed, install pressure gauge tube to boom
valve motor assembly.
6. Plug machine wire harness connectors to valve motor(s).
7. Operate spray system and check for leaks.

Figure 23
1. Boom valve motors
2. Agitation valve motor

Multi Pro 5700--D

Page 6 -- 21 Rev. D

3. Flange head screw
4. Flange nut

Spray System

Boom Valve Motor Assembly

SERIAL NUMBER BELOW 310000000

FRONT

RIGHT

17
16

11
7

20
19
21

7
7

24
25

32
NOTE: ARROWS SHOW FLUID
FLOW DIRECTION

28
36

35
36

32
36

42
40

30
44

41
37

42
46

SERIAL NUMBER ABOVE 310000000

Figure 24
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.

RH boom valve motor
O--ring
Valve joiner
Center boom valve motor
LH boom valve motor
Boom bypass joiner
O--ring
Fork
End cap
O--ring
Connector
Fork
Hosebarb
Mounting bracket (each motor)
O--ring
Nut

Spray System

17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.

Tube coupler
Pressure tube
End cover
O--ring
Washer
Rod
Hosebarb
Hosebarb (boom hose)
Nut
Screw
Cap screw (4 used)
Elbow fitting (2 used)
Fly nut (2 used)
O--ring
Male adapter
Mounting bracket (2 used)

Page 6 -- 22 Rev. D

33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.

RH boom valve motor
Center boom valve motor
LH boom valve motor
O--ring (4 used)
Lock nut (4 used)
Pressure gauge port
Flat washer (4 used)
O--ring (3 used)
Hosebarb (3 used)
Fork (6 used)
O--ring (3 used)
Balancing valve assembly
Fork (3 used)
Cap
Balancing valve assembly (2 used)

Multi Pro 5700--D

IMPORTANT: Boom valve motors may have a fuse
for circuit protection. Make sure that correct fuse is
installed in the in--line fuse holder located in the
boom valve motor harness.

SERIAL NUMBER BELOW 310000000
1

The boom control switches on the operator spray console are used to energize the boom valve motors and
open the boom valves. The open boom valves allow system flow to reach the appropriate boom section (right,
center or left). Two (2) styles of boom valve motors have
been used on Multi Pro 5700--D machines. Both of these
motor styles are shown in Figure 24.
IMPORTANT: Make sure to remove and neutralize
chemicals from spray components before disassembly. Wear protective clothing, chemical resistant gloves, and eye protection during repair.
Disassembly (Fig. 24)
1. Remove boom valve motor assembly from machine
(see Spray Control Assembly in this section).

7
5
6

Figure 25
1.
2.
3.
4.

Agitation valve motor
LH boom valve motor
Center boom valve motor
RH boom valve motor

5. RH boom supply hose
6. Center boom supply
7. LH boom supply hose

SERIAL NUMBER ABOVE 310000000

2. Separate boom valve motors as needed using Figure 24 as a guide. Discard all removed O--rings and gaskets.

3. See Boom and Agitation Valve Motors in this section
for disassembly and assembly information of boom
valve motor.
Assembly (Fig. 24)
NOTE: Coat all O--rings with vegetable oil before installation to reduce the chance of damage during assembly.

2. Install boom valve motor assembly on machine (see
Spray Control Assembly in this section).

Spray
System

1. Assemble boom valve motor assembly using Figure
24 as a guide. Replace all removed O--rings.
A. On machines with serial numbers below
310000000, before installing rod (Item 22) into assembly, thread nut (item 16) fully onto rod end that
has fewer threads. Make sure that O--ring (Item 20)
is not damaged during installation over rod.

Figure 26
1.
2.
3.
4.

Agitation valve motor
LH boom valve motor
Center boom valve motor
RH boom valve motor

5. RH boom supply hose
6. Center boom supply
7. LH boom supply hose

3. Operate spray system and check for leaks.

Multi Pro 5700--D

Page 6 -- 23 Rev. D

Spray System

Agitation Valve Motor Assembly
1

SERIAL NUMBER BELOW 310000000

2
2
7

19
7

18
6
8
9
10
10

8
16

14
NOTE: ARROWS SHOW FLUID
FLOW DIRECTION

SERIAL NUMBER ABOVE 310000000
24
20

21
28

32
31

FRONT

RIGHT
Figure 27
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.

Agitation valve motor
O--ring
End cover
O--ring
Washer
Rod
Nut
O--ring
End cap
Fork
Nut
Hosebarb

Spray System

13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.

O--ring
Mounting bracket
Screw
Fork
Hosebarb
O--ring
Connector
Agitation valve motor
O--ring
Adapter
Lock nut (4 used)

Page 6 -- 24

24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.

Rev. D

Mounting bracket (2 used)
O--ring
Fly nut
Hosebarb
Flat washer (4 used)
Fork
Hosebarb
O--ring
Adapter
Cover adapter
Cap screw (4 used)

Multi Pro 5700--D

IMPORTANT: The agitation valve motor may have a
fuse for circuit protection. Make sure that correct
fuse is installed in the in--line fuse holder located in
the boom valve motor harness.

SERIAL NUMBER BELOW 310000000
4

The agitation switch on the operator spray console is
used to energize the agitation valve motor and open the
valve. The open agitation valve allows system flow to
reach the three (3) agitation nozzles located in the spray
tank. Two (2) styles of agitation valve motors have been
used on Multi Pro 5700--D machines. Both of these motor styles are shown in Figure 27.
IMPORTANT: Make sure to remove and neutralize
chemicals from spray components before disassembly. Wear protective clothing, chemical resistant gloves, and eye protection during repair.
Disassembly (Fig. 27)
1. Remove agitation valve motor assembly from machine (see Spray Control Assembly in this section).
2. Disassemble agitation valve motor assembly as
needed using Figure 27 as a guide. Discard all removed
O--rings and gaskets.

Figure 28
1. Agitation valve motor
2. Agitation supply hose
3. LH boom valve motor

4. Center boom valve motor
5. RH boom valve motor

SERIAL NUMBER ABOVE 310000000
4

3. See Boom and Agitation Valve Motors in this section
for disassembly and assembly information of the agitation valve motor.
Assembly (Fig. 27)
NOTE: Coat all O--rings with vegetable oil before installation to reduce the chance of damage during assembly.

2. Install agitation valve motor assembly on machine
(see Spray Control Assembly in this section).
3. Operate spray system and check for leaks.

Multi Pro 5700--D

Figure 29
1. Agitation valve motor
2. Agitation supply hose
3. LH boom valve motor

Page 6 -- 25 Rev. D

4. Center boom valve moto
5. RH boom valve motor

Spray System

Spray
System

1. Assemble agitation valve motor assembly using Figure 27 as a guide. Replace all removed O--rings.

Boom and Agitation Valve Motor Service (Machines with Serial Numbers Below
310000000)

8
1

11
12
5

7
6

17
19
3

18
20

26
27

30
31

32
33
70 in--lb
(7.9 N--m)

Figure 30
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.

Housing cover
Cover seal
Valve motor
Phillips head screw
O--ring
Lock washer
Hand grip
Roller
Roller pin
Spindle
Spring
Spring seat

13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.

O--ring
Spindle housing
Phillips head screw (4 used)
O--ring
O--ring
Flat washer
Seat outer O--ring
Seat
Seat inner O--ring
Seat base
Flat washer
Spring

A Multi Pro 5700--D sprayer with serial number below
310000000 uses three valve motor assemblies to control the spray booms and one valve motor to control tank
agitation (Fig. 31). Each of these motor assemblies includes a motor section (Items 1 through 7 in Figure 30),
a spindle section (Items 8 through 27 in Figure 30), and
a manifold assembly (Items 28 through 36 in Figure 30).
Disassembly and Inspection (Fig. 30)
IMPORTANT: Make sure to remove and neutralize
chemicals from spray components before disassembly. Wear protective clothing, chemical resistant gloves, and eye protection during repair.

25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.

Flat washer
Cone
Screw
Manifold housing
Fork
O--ring
Balancing valve
Roll pin
Balancing valve knob
O--ring
Hosebarb
Nut

2. To remove the motor and spindle section assembly
from the manifold assembly:
A. Remove the fork (item 29) that secures the motor
and spindle sections to the manifold assembly.
B. Lift the motor and spindle section assembly from
the manifold.
3. To allow easier separation of the motor and spindle
sections, make sure that valve motor is in the closed
position (green indicator is recessed into the spindle
housing). Remove four phillips head screws (item 15)
and separate spindle section from motor section.

1. Remove valve motor assembly from machine (see
Agitation Valve Motor Assembly or Boom Valve Motor
Assembly in this section).
Spray System
Page 6 -- 26

Rev. D

Multi Pro 5700--D

4. Remove rear housing cover from valve motor to inspect motor components.

A. Cam should be tight on shaft. Cam surface
should be free of wear and/or scoring.

B. The inside of motor housing should be free of excessive moisture, corrosion, and dirt.
C. The cam bearing surface in the housing cover
should be inspected for excessive wear.
5. Inspect and disassemble spindle section (Fig. 28).
A. Inspect spindle roller surface for wear or scoring.
Check that spindle roller rotates freely on roller pin.
Replace roller and/or pin as required.

C. Inspect the cone located at the bottom of the
spindle. The cone should be free of nicks or worn
spots. A damaged cone will allow flow to the boom
bypass rather than to the spray boom.

D. The seat o–rings allow the spindle to shut off flow
to the spray boom. If boom nozzles leak when the
boom is shut off, the seat and seat o–rings should be
inspected carefully.

6. If leakage occurs from balancing valve knob at bottom of boom valve manifold (Fig. 29):
A. Carefully remove roll pin that secures balancing
valve to knob.

3. Center boom valve motor
4. RH boom valve motor

Figure 28
1. Spindle roller
2. Cone

3. Seat

B. Remove knob from manifold. Remove and discard o–ring.
C. Inspect seating surfaces of manifold and balancing valve. Clean or replace components as needed.

1
4

Assembly (Fig. 26)
NOTE: Coat all o–rings with vegetable oil before installation to reduce the chance of damage during assembly.

1. Replace all removed o–rings.
2

2. If boom valve manifold was disassembled (Fig. 29):
A. Install o–ring, balancing valve, and knob to manifold.
B. Secure balancing valve to knob by carefully
installing roll pin.

Multi Pro 5700–D

Figure 29
1. Boom valve manifold
2. Balancing valve

Page 6 – 27

3. Balancing valve knob
4. Roll pin

Spray System

Spray
System

B. The spindle can be disassembled by removing
the screw at the bottom of the spindle shaft. Take
note of washer, spring, seat, and o–ring locations as
spindle is removed.

Figure 27
1. Agitation valve motor
2. LH boom valve motor

3. Assemble spindle section by reversing disassembly
process. Align green indicator tab on spindle to slot in
spindle housing. Install screw into bottom of spindle to
secure assembly. Torque screw 70 in–lb (7.9 N–m).
4. Position spindle section on motor section so that
green indicator on spindle section is opposite the motor
hand grip. Secure spindle section to motor section with
four phillips head screws (item 15).

7. Assemble valve motor assembly. (see Boom Valve
Motor Assembly or Agitation Valve Motor Assembly in
this section).
8. Install valve motor assembly to machine (see Spray
Control in this section).
9. Operate spray system and check for leaks.

5. Replace rear housing to valve motor.
6. Position the motor and spindle section assembly to
the manifold assembly. The motor hand grip and boom
supply hosebarb on manifold should be on the same
side of the assembly. Install the fork (item 29) to secure
the motor and spindle sections to the manifold.

Spray System

Page 6 – 28

Multi Pro 5700–D

Boom and Agitation Valve Motor Service (Machines with Serial Numbers Above
310000000)
IMPORTANT: Make sure to remove and neutralize
chemicals from spray components before valve motor disassembly. Wear protective clothing, chemical
resistant gloves and eye protection during repair.
NOTE: There are limited replacement parts available
for boom and agitation valve motor assemblies. Check
your parts catalog for parts that are available.

5. Apply silicone grease to seals on piston valve assembly.
6. Position spring into valve motor housing. Use 3mm
allen wrench to secure piston valve assembly to valve
motor.
7. Secure hosebarb to bottom of valve motor.

Valve Motor Cover Removal (Fig. 34)
5

1. Loosen three (3) screws that secure valve motor
cover to valve motor assembly.

2. Carefully lift and rotate cover from valve motor.
3. Unplug wire connections and remove cover.
4. Make sure that all screws that secure valve motor are
tight.

Valve Motor Cover Installation (Fig. 34)

1
2

1. Connect cover wires to motor wires. Make sure that
cover wire color is the same as the motor wire color
when connecting wires.
2. Carefully rotate cover onto valve motor taking care
to not damage wires.

Figure 34
1. Valve motor assembly
2. Valve motor cover
3. Wire connector

4. Socket screw (4 used)
5. Phillips screw (2 used)

3. Tighten screws to secure cover to valve motor.
Piston Valve Service (Fig. 35)

2. Make sure that valve is closed. If valve is not closed,
spring above piston valve will be under compression
and may damage valve motor or piston valve during disassembly. End of piston valve will extend into bottom of
valve motor housing when valve is closed. If necessary,
reconnect motor to machine wire harness and close
valve before removing piston valve.
3. Use 3mm allen wrench to loosen and remove piston
valve assembly from valve motor. Locate and retrieve
spring from above piston valve.
4. Inspect seals on piston valve assembly. O--ring in top
groove of piston valve assembly is available separately.
If lower two (2) seals in piston valve are worn or damaged, replace piston valve assembly. The piston valve
is not designed to be disassembled.

Multi Pro 5700--D

4
3

2
Figure 35

1. Valve motor assembly
2. Piston valve assembly
3. Valve seal

Page 6 -- 29 Rev. D

4. Spring
5. Valve motor cover

Spray System

Spray
System

1. Remove hosebarb from bottom of valve motor to allow access to piston valve.

Boom Bypass

SERIAL NUMBER BELOW 310000000 SHOWN

10
4

11
15

FRONT

RIGHT
12
8
11

NOTE: ARROW SHOWS FLUID
FLOW DIRECTION

Figure 36
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Spray tank
Boom valve motor assembly
O--ring
Hosebarb
Hose clamp

Spray System

6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Boom bypass hose (1”)
Fork
Boom supply hose (1 1/2”)
Hose clamp
Elbow fitting

Page 6 -- 30 Rev. D

11.
12.
13.
14.
15.

Fork
O--ring
Bulkhead nut
Bulkhead gasket
Bulkhead

Multi Pro 5700--D

Disassembly (Fig. 30)

Assembly (Fig. 30)

IMPORTANT: Make sure to remove and neutralize
chemicals from tank and spray components before
disassembly. Wear protective clothing, chemical resistant gloves, and eye protection during repair.

NOTE: Coat all o–rings with vegetable oil before installation to reduce the chance of damage during assembly.

1. Park machine on a level surface, stop engine, engage parking brake, and remove key from the ignition
switch.

1. Assemble boom bypass using Figure 30 as a guide.
Replace all removed o–rings and gaskets.
2. Check spray tank for leaks.

2. Drain spray tank (see Operator’s Manual).

Spray
System

3. Disassemble boom bypass using Figure 30 as a
guide. Discard all removed o–rings and gaskets.

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 6 – 31

Spray System

Tank Suction

2
3
1

FRONT
4

RIGHT
20
7

10
11
15

17
18

NOTE: ARROW SHOWS FLUID
FLOW DIRECTION

14
19

Figure 31
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Suction hose (1 1/2”)
Hose clamp
Hosebarb
O–ring
Suction screen vane
Suction screen
Fork

Spray System

8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

Filter housing
Expansion pin (2 used)
Gasket
Hosebarb
O–ring
Bulkhead nut
Hose clamp

Page 6 – 32

15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.

Suction hose
Elbow
Suction tube
Suction tube
Suction tube foot
Spray tank

Multi Pro 5700–D

NOTE: If suction tube in tank develops an air leak, spray
performance will diminish when tank level reaches the
leak.
1

Removal (Fig. 31)
IMPORTANT: Make sure to remove and neutralize
chemicals from tank and spray components before
disassembly. Wear protective clothing, chemical resistant gloves, and eye protection during repair.
1. Park machine on a level surface, stop engine, engage parking brake, and remove key from the ignition
switch.
2. Remove suction strainer from spray tank (see Operator’s Manual).
3. Raise tank lid and remove strainer basket to gain access to suction tube inside spray tank.

Figure 32
1. Suction strainer location

4. Remove suction tube assembly from spray tank and
disassemble tube using Figure 14 as a guide. Discard
all removed o–rings and gaskets.
Assembly (Fig. 31)
NOTE: Coat all o–rings with vegetable oil before installation to reduce the chance of damage during assembly.
1. Assemble and install suction tube assembly using
Figure 31 as a guide. Replace all removed o–rings and
gaskets.

Spray
System

2. Check spray tank for leaks.

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 6 – 33

Spray System

Tank Drain Valve (Machines with Serial Numbers Below 270000000)

1
2
4

FRONT

RIGHT

8
9

1.
2.
3.
4.

Drain handle
Nut
O--ring
Bulkhead

Spray System

5.
6.
7.
8.

Figure 39

Gasket
Ringnut
Retaining ring
Chain

Page 6 -- 34 Rev. D

9.
10.
11.
12.

Drain assembly
Bulkhead
Hosebarb
Spray tank

Multi Pro 5700--D

Disassembly (Fig. 33)
2

IMPORTANT: Make sure to remove and neutralize
chemicals from tank and spray components before
disassembly. Wear protective clothing, chemical resistant gloves, and eye protection during repair.

1. Park machine on a level surface, stop engine, engage parking brake, and remove key from the ignition
switch.

2. Drain spray tank (see Operator’s Manual).

3. Raise tank lid and remove strainer basket to gain access to chain (item 7) that connects drain handle (item
1) to plunger in drain assembly (item 8). Disconnect
chain from drain handle.

9
8
11

4. If necessary, remove drain handle and bulkhead
from tank using Figure 33 as a guide.

5. If necessary, remove drain assembly from tank:
A. Remove fork from drain assembly to allow hosebarb to be removed from drain assembly.

B. Remove bulkhead nut that secures drain assembly to spray tank.
C. Lift drain assembly from bottom of tank.
6. Disassemble drain assembly using Figure 34 as a
guide.
7. Discard all removed o–rings and gaskets.

Figure 34
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Adapter
Plunger holder
Spring
Drain plunger
O–ring
Drain seat
O–ring

8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

Drain bulkhead
Fork
Gasket
Bulkhead nut
O–ring
Hosebarb

Assembly (Fig. 33)

Spray
System

NOTE: Coat all o–rings with vegetable oil before installation to reduce the chance of damage during assembly.
1. Replace all removed o–rings and gaskets. If drain
handle was removed from tank bulkhead, lubricate handle with vegetable oil before installation.
2. Assemble drain valve components using Figures 33
and 34 as guides.
3. Check spray tank for leaks.

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 6 – 35

Spray System

Tank Drain Valve (Machines with Serial Numbers Above 270000000)

FRONT
RIGHT

1
2

13
12
3
4
11

10
7

9
8

6
7

Figure 37.1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Drain outlet
Plastic seal
Ring nut
O--ring
Elbow fitting

Spray System

6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Bulkhead nut
Hose clamp (2 used)
Hose (1” ID)
Flange nut
Barbed fitting

Page 6 -- 35.1 Rev. D

11.
12.
13.
14.
15.

Drain valve
Peg mount (2 used)
Rubber washer (2 used)
Lynch pin assembly
Cap screw

Multi Pro 5700--D

Disassembly (Fig. 37.1)
2

IMPORTANT: Make sure to remove and neutralize
chemicals from tank and spray components before
disassembly. Wear protective clothing, chemical resistant gloves and eye protection during repair.
1. Park machine on a level surface, stop engine, engage parking brake and remove key from the ignition
switch.

2. Drain spray tank (see Operator’s Manual and Fig.
37.2).
3. Label hoses to allow proper installation after repairs
are completed. Loosen hose clamps and remove hoses
from hosebarbs that are to be disassembled.

4. Disassemble drain assembly using Figure 37.1 as a
guide. Discard all removed O--rings and gaskets.
1

Assembly (Fig. 37.1)
NOTE: Coat all O--rings with vegetable oil before installation to reduce the chance of damage during assembly.
1. Assemble drain assembly using Figure 37.1 as a
guide. Replace all removed O--rings and gaskets.

Figure 37.2
1.
2.

Drain valve
Closed valve

3.
4.

Open valve
Lynch pin assembly

2. Using labels placed during disassembly, install
hoses to hosebarbs and secure with hose clamps.
3. Make sure that drain valve is closed and secured to
sprayer with lynch pin (Fig. 37.2).

Spray
System

4. Check spray tank for leaks. Repair all leaks before
returning the sprayer to service.

Multi Pro 5700--D

Page 6 -- 35.2 Rev. D

Spray System

Turret Bodies

7
3

2
9
3

CENTER
BOOM
SUPPLY

LEFT
BOOM
SUPPLY

RIGHT
BOOM
SUPPLY

Figure 35
1. Turret body (w/90o elbow)
2. 90o elbow (1 used)
3. Screw

4. Turret body (w/double hose barb)
5. Turret body (w/single hose barb)
6. Single hose barb (3 used)

7. Double hose barb(7 used)
8. Turret body clamp
9. Hose barb (for 90o elbow)

Removal (Fig. 35)

Installation (Fig. 35)

IMPORTANT: Make sure to remove and neutralize
chemicals from spray components before disassembly. Wear protective clothing, chemical resistant gloves, and eye protection during repair.

NOTE: The type of hose barb on turret body determines turret location on spray boom. Refer to Figure 35
for turret position on booms.

1. Park machine on a level surface, stop engine, engage parking brake, and remove key from the ignition
switch.

1. Position turret body clamp halves to spray boom and
turret body. Slide clamp halves together. Position turret
so that spray nozzle and nozzle fan slot are parallel to
ground. Tighten clamp screw to secure turret body.

2. Loosen hose clamps and remove supply hose(s)
from turret body.

2. Install supply hose(s) to turret body. Tighten hose
clamp(s).

3. Remove screw that secures turret body clamp to
spray boom. Separate clamp halves and remove turret
body from machine.
Spray System

Page 6 – 36

Multi Pro 5700–D

Turret Body Service
Disassembly (Fig. 36)

IMPORTANT: Make sure to remove and neutralize
chemicals from spray components before disassembly. Wear protective clothing, chemical resistant gloves, and eye protection during repair.

1. Pull e–clip from body and slide plug with o–ring from
body.

2. Disassemble turret body using Figure 36 as a guide.
3. Discard all removed seals, gaskets, o–rings, and diaphragms.

Assembly (Fig. 36)

NOTE: Coat all o–rings with vegetable oil before installation to reduce the chance of damage during assembly.
1. Replace all removed seals, gaskets, o–rings, and diaphragms.
2. Assemble turret body using Figure 36 as a guide.
A. The turret (item 8) end with slightly larger bore
and detent grooves needs to be orientated toward
detent posts on body (item 4) (Fig. 37).

Figure 36
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.

Upper clamp
O–ring
Pivot pin
Body
E–clip
Gasket (3 used)
Dust cap (2 used)
Turret
O–ring

B. Make sure to align notch on plug (item 10) with
groove in body (item 4) as plug is installed.

Plug
Nozzle
Nozzle cap
O–ring
Seal
Screw
End cap
Diaphragm
Hose barb

Spray
System

C. Install e–clip (item 5) into body to secure assembly.

Figure 37
1. Body
2. Detent post

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 6 – 37

3. Detent groove

Spray System

Boom Frame Breakaway Pivot Assembly (Machines with Serial Numbers Below
260000000)

6
5

4
3

8
9

10
10
15

19
20

Figure 38
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Hinge
Breakaway pivot
Spring
Washer
Roll pin
Hex nut
Support bracket

Spray System

8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.

Carriage screw
Flat washer
Cotter pin
Clevis pin
Clevis pin
Main boom frame
Breakaway assembly

Page 6 – 38

Rev. A

Cap screw
Boom support
Boom extension pipe
Lock nut
Flat washer
Cap screw (4 used per side)

Multi Pro 5700–D

Disassembly (Fig. 38)

1. Park machine on a level surface, lower booms, stop
engine, engage parking brake, and remove key from the
ignition switch.

2. Support boom to prevent it from falling. Remove cap
screw and hex nut that secure boom support to breakaway assembly.
3. Remove hex nut, flat washer, and carriage screw
that secure support bracket to breakaway pivot. Slide
support bracket from breakaway assembly.
1
4

CAUTION
Spring in breakaway pivot is under tension. To
prevent possible personal injury, compress
spring before removing roll pin. Wear eye
protection when removing roll pin.

Figure 39
1. Breakaway pivot
2. Support bracket

3. Boom support
4. Boom extension pipe

4. Compress spring in breakaway assembly slightly.
Drive roll pin from hinge (Fig. 40). Remove flat washer
and spring from assembly.
1

5. Complete disassembly as required using Figures 38
and 39 as guides.
Assembly (Fig. 38)
1. Assemble breakaway pivot using Figures 38 and 39
as guides.
2. Lubricate grease fitting on breakaway pivot after assembly is complete (see Operator’s Manual).

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 6 – 39

Spray
System

Figure 40
1. Roll pin

2. Spring

Spray System

Boom Hinge (Machines with Serial Numbers Above 260000000)
16

18
17

FRONT
10

RIGHT

20
1
12

3
4

13
11

7
10
9
5

Figure 41
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Hinge (2 used per boom)
Rubber boot (2 used per hinge)
Backing plate (4 used per hinge)
Flange nut (4 used per hinge)
Boom (RH shown)
Tee fitting
Flange hd screw (4 used per hinge)

8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

Lock nut
Cap screw
Flat washer
Pivot bracket
Bushing (2 used per pivot bracket)
Flange head screw
Pivot pin

Disassembly (Fig. 41)
IMPORTANT: Make sure to remove and neutralize
chemicals from spray components before disassembly. Wear protective clothing, chemical resistant gloves, and eye protection during repair.
1. Park machine on a level surface, lower spray booms,
stop engine, engage parking brake and remove key
from the ignition switch.
2. Loosen hose clamp and remove supply hose from
tee fitting (item 6) on spray boom.
3. Support spray boom to prevent it from falling.
Spray System

15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.

Flange nut
Boom frame
Tube (2 used per boom)
Spring retainer (2 used per boom)
Breakaway spring (2 used per boom)
Grease fitting (2 used per hinge)

4. Loosen two (2) cap screws (item 9) and lock nuts
(item 8) to allow breakaway springs (item 18) to fully extend.
5. Complete disassembly as required using Figure 41
as a guide. If pivot bracket (item 11) is to be removed
from machine, disconnect boom actuator (not shown)
from pivot bracket (see Boom Actuator Removal (Machines with Serial Numbers Above 260000000) in this
section).
6. Clean all removed components. If pivot bracket was
removed, inspect bushings and pivot pin for damage or
wear.

Page 6 – 40

Rev. A

Multi Pro 5700–D

Assembly (Fig. 41)
1. If pivot bracket (item 11) was removed from machine,
lightly lubricate bushings (item 12) with motor oil before
assembly. Connect boom actuator (not shown) to pivot
bracket (see Boom Actuator Installation (Machines with
Serial Numbers Above 260000000) in this section).
2. Make sure that hinges (item 1) are securely fastened
to pivot bracket (item 11) and boom (item 5). The boom
hinge uses four (4) backing plates between the boom
and flange nuts.

Figure 42
1. Rubber boot

2. Rib

3. Position boom hinge to pivot bracket hinge. Make
sure that rubber boots (item 2) are placed at hinge junctions and that rib on boots are toward the top of the boom
(Fig. 42).
4. Insert two (2) cap screws (item 9) through flat washers (item 10) and hinges. Place tube (item 17), breakaway spring (item 19), spring retainer (item 18) and lock
nut (item 8) on each cap screw. Make sure that shoulder
on spring retainer fits into breakaway spring.

1.560”
(39.6 mm)

5. Tighten lock nuts so there is 1.560” (39.6 mm) between the face of the spring retainer and the hinge casting (Fig. 43).
6. Connect supply hose to tee fitting on spray boom and
secure with hose clamp.
7. Lubricate grease fittings on boom hinge (see Operator’s Manual).

Spray
System

Figure 43

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 6 – 41 Rev. A

Spray System

Boom Actuator (Machines with Serial Numbers Below 260000000)

2
3

1
2
3

Figure 44
1. Cotter pin
2. Clevis pin

3. Boom actuator

4. Wire harness

Removal (Fig 44)

Installation (Fig 44)

1. Park machine on a level surface, lower booms, stop
engine, engage parking brake, and remove key from the
ignition switch.

1. Position actuator to clevis attachment points on center and side booms.

2. Label actuator electrical leads to ease reassembly.
Unplug boom actuator connector wires from machine
harness.
3. Support boom to prevent it from falling. Remove cotter pins and clevis pins that attach boom actuator to center and side boom.

2. Install clevis pins and cotter pins to secure actuator
to boom assembly.
3. Plug actuator connector wires into machine harness.
Make sure that operator switches engage correct actuator.

4. Pull actuator from machine.

Spray System

Page 6 – 42

Rev. A

Multi Pro 5700–D

Adjustment
1. Loosen end nut that secures adjustable clevis to
boom frame (Fig. 45). Position jam nut as close as possible to adjustable clevis. Tighten end nut to secure clevis.
2. Fully raise side boom with the boom actuator. The
boom actuator should fully extend and ratchet.

3. With the boom actuator at full extension, there
should be a gap of approximately .105” (2.7 mm) between the breakaway pivot gusset and the center boom
frame slot (Fig. 46).
4. If needed, loosen end nut that secures adjustable
clevis and readjust jam nut on clevis to allow correct
boom actuator extension. Tighten end nut to secure clevis adjustment.

Figure 45
1. Boom actuator
2. Adjustable clevis

3. Jam nut
4. End nut

3
2

Figure 46
3. Boom actuator

Spray
System

1. Breakaway pivot gusset
2. Boom frame slot

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 6 – 43

Rev. A

Spray System

Boom Actuator Service (Machines with Serial Numbers Below 260000000)

20
18

70 in–lb
(7.9 N–m)

12
11
9

20 in–lb
(2.3 N–m)

7
6

4
17

70 in–lb
(7.9 N–m)
13
8
3
3

Figure 47
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Screw
Rear housing
Washer
Woodruff key
Clutch
Thin washer
Intermediate gear

Spray System

8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.

Thick washer
Hex nut (2 used)
Motor gear
Housing gasket
Front housing
Cover tube gasket
Motor seal

Page 6 – 44

Rev. A

Motor assembly
Ball screw and brake assembly
Washer head screw (4 used)
Cover tube
O–ring
O–ring

Multi Pro 5700–D

Disassembly (Fig. 47)

Assembly (Fig. 47)

1. Remove four (4) washer head screws that secure
cover tube. Remove one (1) screw (item 1) that retains
rear housing. Slide rear housing and housing gasket
from assembly.

1. Position ball screw and brake assembly to front
housing. Take care to not disturb brake components.

2. Slide thin washer, intermediate gear, and thick washer from front housing support pin.
3. In order, remove washer, clutch, woodruff key, and
second washer from ball screw shaft.
4. Pull cover tube from front housing. Remove cover
tube gasket.
5. Loosen and remove two (2) hex nuts that secure motor to front housing. Slide motor, motor gear, and motor
seal from front housing.
6. Remove ball screw and brake assembly from front
housing.
7. Clean actuator components. Replace worn or damaged parts.
8. Discard and replace all removed gaskets and o–
rings.

2. Slide motor, motor gear, and motor seal to front
housing. Secure motor with two (2) hex nuts. Torque
nuts to 70 in–lb (7.9 N–m).
3. Install new o–rings into rear of cover tube. Slide cover tube gasket and cover tube over ball screw.
4. Place washer on ball screw shaft. Position woodruff
key and then slide clutch and second washer onto shaft.
5. Place thick washer, intermediate gear, and thin
washer onto front housing support pin. Make sure that
intermediate gear engages both motor gear and clutch.
6. Position housing gasket to front housing. Slide rear
housing over gears.
7. Secure rear housing:
A. Thread one (1) screw (item 1) through rear housing and into front housing.
B. Install four (4) washer head screws through cover
tube.

Spray
System

C. Torque screw (item 1) to 20 in–lb (2.3 N–m).
Torque four washer head screws to 70 in–lb (7.9
N–m).

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 6 – 45 Rev. A

Spray System

Boom Actuator (Machines with Serial Numbers Above 260000000)

8
7

4
3

Figure 48
1.
2.
3.
4.

Boom actuator (2 used)
Carriage screw (4 used)
Boom frame
Washer plate

Spray System

5.
6.
7.
8.

Lock nut (4 used)
Flange nut (2 used)
Flange head screw (2 used)
Pivot pin (2 used)

Page 6 – 46

Rev. A

9.
10.
11.
12.

Clevis strap (2 used)
Boom pivot bracket
Clevis pin (2 used)
Cotter pin (2 used)

Multi Pro 5700–D

Removal (Fig. 48)

Installation (Fig. 48)

1. Park machine on a level surface, place spray booms
in the transport (raised) position, stop engine, engage
parking brake and remove key from the ignition switch.

1. Position boom actuator to boom frame and boom
pivot bracket.

2. Disconnect boom actuator from machine wire harness.
3. Remove pivot pin (item 8) that secures actuator to
clevis strap (item 9) on boom frame.

3. Secure actuator to clevis strap on boom frame with
pivot pin.
4. Connect boom actuator to machine wire harness.

Spray
System

4. Remove cotter pin (item 11) from clevis pin (item 12).
Support boom actuator and slide clevis pin from boom
pivot bracket. Remove actuator from machine.

2. Secure actuator to boom pivot bracket with clevis pin
and cotter pin.

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 6 – 47 Rev. A

Spray System

Boom Actuator Service (Machines with Serial Numbers Above 260000000)
IMPORTANT: Do not dismantle, repair or modify the
boom actuator. Internal components are not available for the actuator. If an actuator is damaged or
worn, replace actuator.

CAUTION

Actuator Air Bleeding
If actuator freeplay is excessive, air bleeding of the actuator should be performed using the following procedure:
1. Thoroughly clean the exterior of actuator to prevent
contaminates from entering the actuator.

During and after operation, the actuator may be
very hot. To avoid possible burns, allow the actuator to cool before working on it.
Actuator Circuit Protection
Each boom actuator is protected internally by a thermal
circuit breaker. In case of actuator overheating, the thermal breaker will trip, causing the actuator to cease functioning. Once the actuator cools to appropriate
operating temperature, the actuator thermal breaker will
reset to allow actuator operation to resume.
A separate 30 amp thermal breaker also protects each
boom actuator circuit. These thermal breakers are located at the machine fuse panel and will prevent circuit
operation if overloaded. The thermal breakers reset automatically.

2. Make sure that the actuator cylinder is fully retracted.
IMPORTANT: To prevent actuator damage, use vise
with protective jaws when clamping actuator.
3. Place the actuator in a vise making sure that actuator
is clamped in the area identified in Figure 49. Use just
enough clamping force to hold the housing securely.
Make sure that the reservoir plug is orientated up.

CAUTION
The actuator reservoir is pressurized. If the reservoir plug is removed too quickly, oil under
pressure can be ejected from the actuator.

Actuator Freeplay Inspection

4. Slowly loosen and remove the reservoir plug at the
top of the reservoir.

Over time, actuator operation may be affected by air
captured in the reservoir oil. An excessive amount of air
in the actuator oil will allow excessive actuator freeplay.
Excessive freeplay will allow spray boom bouncing
when driving over severe terrain.

5. Using a light through the plug hole, confirm that the
reservoir oil is clear. If the oil appears milky, air is entrained in the reservoir oil. Keep the actuator vertical
with the plug removed for approximately 15 minutes to
allow the air to separate from the oil.

Measure actuator freeplay using the following procedure:

6. When oil appears clear, use a 12 volt DC power supply to power the actuator and extend the cylinder completely.

1. Move the vehicle to an open area and lower the spray
booms to the spray position.
2. Lift up on the boom at the last triangular gusset with
a 25 pound (11.4 kg) force. Support boom in that position.
3. Using a non–permanent felt tipped marker, mark the
cylinder rod at the outside of the cylinder seal.
4. Release the spray boom and allow it to return to the
spray (fully lowered) position.
5. Determine the actuator freeplay by measuring the
distance from the mark on the cylinder rod to the cylinder
seal. The freeplay should be less than 0.100” (2.5 mm).
If excessive freeplay is found, bleed air from actuator.

Spray System

IMPORTANT: To ensure proper reservoir pressure,
make sure that cylinder is extended before installing reservoir plug.
7. Install the reservoir plug and torque from 45 to 60 in–
lb (5.1 to 6.8 N–m).
8. If reservoir oil was milky, use power supply to contract and extend the actuator cylinder 3 times. Repeat
steps 2 through 7 until oil is clear.
9. When actuator oil is clear and plug has been
installed, use power supply to fully contract the actuator
cylinder. Remove actuator from vise and install on machine.

Page 6 – 48

Rev. A

Multi Pro 5700–D

Actuator Oil Level
RESERVOIR
PLUG

Under normal conditions, actuator oil level should remain constant. If any oil is spilled from the reservoir during air bleeding, the oil level in the actuator should be
checked and adjusted.
1. Thoroughly clean the exterior of actuator to prevent
contaminates from entering the actuator.
2. Make sure that the actuator cylinder is fully retracted.

RESERVOIR

CYLINDER

VISE
CLAMPING
AREA

IMPORTANT: To prevent actuator damage, use vise
with protective jaws when clamping actuator.
3. Place the actuator in a vise making sure that actuator
is clamped in the area identified in Figure 49. Use just
enough clamping force to hold the housing securely.
Make sure that the reservoir plug is orientated up.

ELECTRIC
MOTOR

DOWN
Figure 49

CAUTION
The actuator reservoir is pressurized. If the reservoir plug is removed too quickly, oil under
pressure can be ejected from the actuator.
4. Slowly loosen and remove the reservoir plug at the
top of the reservoir.

0.984”
(25 mm)

5. Using a light through the plug hole, confirm that the
reservoir oil is clear. If the oil appears milky, perform actuator air bleeding procedure.
6. Use a clean rod to identify the level of oil in reservoir.
Distance from plug fitting to oil level should be .984” (25
mm). If necessary, add ISO VG 32 mineral oil to actuator
reservoir to adjust oil level.
Spray
System

Figure 50

7. When oil level is correct, use a 12 volt DC power supply to power the actuator and extend the cylinder completely.
IMPORTANT: To ensure proper reservoir pressure,
make sure that cylinder is extended before installing reservoir plug.
8. Install the reservoir plug and torque from 45 to 60 in–
lb (5.1 to 6.8 N–m).
Actuator Disposal
If actuator disposal is necessary, remove hydraulic oil
from actuator before disposal.
1. Open actuator reservoir (see Steps 1 through 4 in
Actuator Air Bleeding).
2. Drain oil from actuator.

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 6 – 49

Rev. A

Spray System

Pro Control Spray System (Optional)
The Multi Pro 5700--D has an optional Pro Control Spray
System available. This system includes a computer and
flowmeter and is designed to automatically control spray
application at varying vehicle speeds. The Operator’s
Manual for the Pro Control System includes information
regarding installation, operation, programming and
maintenance. Refer to your Operator’s Manual for information on the Pro Control Spray System.

NOTE: When a vehicle is equipped with the optional
Pro Control Spray System, the balancing valves on all
boom valve motors must be fully closed.

Figure 57
1. Pro Control computer

Figure 58
1. Spray control assembly

Spray System

Page 6 -- 50

Rev. A

2. Pro Control flowmeter

Multi Pro 5700--D

Chapter 7

Chassis
Table of Contents

Chassis

SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
SERVICE AND REPAIRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Tie Rod Ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Front Wheels and Hubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Spindles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Front Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Brake Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Brake Inspection and Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Brake Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Planetary Wheel Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Planetary Wheel Drive Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Multi Pro 5700--D

Page 7 -- 1

Chassis

Specifications
Item

Description

Front Tire Pressure
(23 x 10.5 – 12, 4 ply, tubeless)

18 PSI (1.24 bar) Maximum

Rear Tire Pressure
(26.5 x 14 – 12, 4 ply, tubeless)

18 PSI (1.24 bar) Maximum

Front Wheel Lug Nut Torque

55 to 75 ft–lb (75 to 102 N–m)

Rear Wheel Lug Nut Torque

70 to 90 ft–lb (95 to 122 N–m)

Planetary, Brake Assembly and Wheel Motor
Mounting Screw Torque

60 ft–lb (81 N–m)

Front Wheel Toe–In

1/8 to 1/4 inch (3.2 to 6.4 mm)

Planetary Gear Drive Lubricant
Planetary Gear Lubricant Capacity (each wheel)

SAE 85W–140 wt. Gear Lube
16 fl oz (.47 l)

Chassis

Page 7 – 2

Multi Pro 5700–D

Service and Repairs
Tie Rod Ends
Removal (Fig. 1)
10

1. Loosen jam nut on tie rod end. Note: Left side tie rod
end has left hand threads.
2. Remove cotter pin and castle nut that secure tie rod
end to spindle.
3. Use a suitable puller to separate tie rod end from
spindle.

7
6

20 to 25 ft–lb
(27 to 34 N–m)

9
5

FRONT

8
5

Figure 1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

1. Install dust boot on new tie rod end.

4. When removing tie rod end from tie rod, count the
number of revolutions it takes to remove so new tie rod
end can be installed with minimal change to front wheel
toe–in.
Installation (Fig. 1)

1
3

7.
8.
9.
10.
11.

Tie rod
Jam nut (RH thread)
RH tie rod end
Grease fitting
Castle nut
Cotter pin

Dust boot
RH spindle
LH spindle
LH tie rod end
Jam nut (LH thread)

2. Thread tie rod end into tie rod the same number of
revolutions as the old tie rod end took to remove.
3. Install grease fitting into tie rod end.
2

4. Insert tie rod end shaft into spindle and secure with
castle nut. Torque castle nut from 20 to 25 ft–lb (27 to 34
N–m). If necessary, nut can be tightened slightly further
to align cotter pin position in spindle and nut. Install cotter pin.

5. Grease tie rod end (see Operator’s Manual).
6. Check front wheel toe–in and adjust if needed (see
Operator’s Manual).
Figure 2
3. Tie rod end

Chassis

1. Tie rod
2. Jam nut

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 7 – 3

Chassis

Front Wheels and Hubs

See text for tightening
procedure
55 to 75 ft–lb
(75 to 102 N–m)

2
8
6
3

1
9

10
11

FRONT
RIGHT

Figure 3
1.
2.
3.
4.

Lug nut (5 used per wheel)
Wheel and tire assembly
Dust cap
Slotted hex nut

Chassis

5.
6.
7.
8.

Washer
Wheel bearing cone
Wheel bearing cup
Wheel hub

Page 7 – 4

9.
10.
11.
12.

Wheel stud (5 used per wheel)
Seal
Cotter pin
Front spindle (RH shown)

Multi Pro 5700–D

Removal (Fig. 3)

Installation (Fig. 3)

1. Park machine on a level surface, stop engine, engage parking brake, and remove key from the ignition
switch.

1. Clean all parts thoroughly before reassembly.
2. If wheel bearings were removed from wheel hub, assemble wheel hub:
A. If bearing cups were removed from the wheel
hub, press inner and outer cups into the hub until
they seat against the hub shoulder.

CAUTION
When changing tires or performing other service, use correct blocks, hoists, and jacks.
Make sure machine is parked on a solid, level
surface such as a concrete floor. Prior to raising machine, remove any attachments that may
interfere with the safe and proper raising of the
machine. Always chock or block wheels. Use
jack stands or solid wood blocks to support the
raised machine. If the machine is not properly
supported by blocks or jack stands, the machine may move or fall, which may result in personal injury.

B. Pack both bearings with grease. Install greased
inner bearing into the cup on inboard side of the
wheel hub.
C. Fill hub approximately 50% full of grease.
IMPORTANT: The lip seal must be pressed in so
it is flush with the end of the hub. The lip of the
seal must face the bearing.
D. Lubricate the inside of the new lip seal and press
it into the wheel hub.

2. Jack front wheel off the ground (see Jacking Instructions in Operator’s Manual). Chock front and rear of other wheels.

3. Install the wheel hub onto the spindle shaft taking
care to not damage seal.

3. Remove lug nuts and front wheel assembly.

4. Install greased outer bearing cone, washer, and
slotted hex nut onto spindle shaft.

4. Carefully pry dust cap from wheel hub.
5. Remove cotter pin from front spindle.
6. Remove slotted hex nut and washer that secures
wheel hub to spindle. Slide wheel hub with bearings
from spindle.
7. If required, disassemble wheel hub:

5. Rotate the wheel hub by hand and torque the slotted
hex nut from 75 to 180 in-lb (8.5 to 20.3 N–m) to seat
bearing. Loosen nut until it is away from washer and hub
has end play. Finally, tighten slotted hex nut from 15 to
20 in–lbs (1.7 to 2.3 N–m) while rotating hub.
6. Install cotter pin through spindle shaft hole. Install
dust cap to hub.

A. Pull seal out of the wheel hub.

WARNING

B. Remove bearings from both sides of wheel hub.
Clean bearings in solvent. Clean inside of the hub.

7. Install wheel assembly with valve stem facing out
and secure with lug nuts. Torque lug nuts evenly in a
crossing pattern from 55 to 75 ft–lb (75 to 102 N–m).
8. Lower machine to ground.

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 7 – 5

Chassis

C. Inspect wheel bearings. Check the bearings and
cups for wear, pitting, or other noticeable damage.
Replace worn or damaged parts.

Failure to maintain proper lug nut torque
could result in failure or loss of wheel and may
result in personal injury.

Spindles
5
9
3
4

2
3
2

20 to 25 ft–lb
(27 to 34 N–m)

10
9
55 to 75 ft–lb
(75 to 102 N–m)
11

See text for
adjustment
procedure

20
24 23

19 20

20 to 25 ft–lb
(27 to 34 N–m)

27
19 18
22

FRONT
RIGHT

Figure 4
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Front axle
Flat washer
Washer head screw
King pin
Hydraulic steering cylinder
Lock nut
LH spindle assembly
Castle nut
Cotter pin

Chassis

10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.

Tie rod assembly
Thrust bearing
Bushing
Grease fitting
RH spindle
Hex nut
Steering stop bolt
Cotter pin
Oil seal

Page 7 – 6

19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.

Bearing cone
Bearing cup
Wheel stud (5 used per wheel)
Wheel hub
Flat washer
Slotted hex nut
Dust cap
Wheel assembly
Lug nut (5 used per wheel)

Multi Pro 5700–D

Disassembly (Fig. 4)

Assembly (Fig. 4)

1. Park machine on a level surface, stop engine, engage parking brake, and remove key from the ignition
switch.

1. If removed, install bushings and steering stop bolt
into spindle.
2. Place thrust bearing in top of spindle. Position
spindle to front axle. Slide king pin into front axle and
spindle.

CAUTION
When changing attachments, tires, or performing other service, use correct blocks, hoists,
and jacks. Make sure machine is parked on a
solid, level surface such as a concrete floor.
Prior to raising machine, remove any attachments that may interfere with the safe and
proper raising of the machine. Always chock or
block wheels. Use jack stands or solid wood
blocks to support the raised machine. If the machine is not properly supported by blocks or
jack stands, the machine may move or fall,
which may result in personal injury.

3. Install washer head screw and flat washer to secure
king pin to front axle.
4. If left side spindle was removed, attach hydraulic
steering cylinder to spindle (see Steering Cylinder in
Service and Repairs Section of Chapter 4 – Hydraulic
System).
5. Secure tie rod end to spindle (see Tie Rod End in this
section).

WARNING

2. Jack front of machine off ground (see Jacking Instructions in Operator’s Manual).
3. Remove front wheel assembly and wheel hub from
machine (see Front Wheels and Hubs in this section).
4. Remove tie rod end from spindle (see Tie Rod Ends
in this section).

Failure to maintain proper lug nut torque
could result in failure or loss of wheel and may
result in personal injury.
6. Install wheel with valve stem facing out and secure
with lug nuts. Torque lug nuts evenly in a crossing pattern from 55 to 75 ft–lb (75 to 102 N–m).

5. If left side spindle is being removed, separate hydraulic steering cylinder from spindle (see Steering Cylinder in Service and Repairs Section of Chapter 4 –
Hydraulic System).

7. Lubricate grease fittings on front axle assembly (see
Operator’s Manual).

6. Remove washer head screw and flat washer that secure king pin to front axle.

9. Check and adjust front wheel toe–in (see Operator’s
Manual).

7. Support spindle assembly to prevent it from falling
during disassembly. Slide king pin from front axle and
spindle. Remove spindle from front axle.

10.Adjust steering stop bolt on each spindle so that at
full turn, there is a 1/16” (1.6 mm) gap between the tie
rod and front axle.

8. Remove thrust bearing from top of spindle.

11. After assembly is complete, make sure that steering
components do not contact hoses and/or wires.

8. Lower machine to ground.

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 7 – 7

Chassis

9. If needed, remove bushings and steering stop bolt
from spindle.

Chassis

Front Suspension

6
7

12
9

4
14

17
2

19
1

13
12
55 to 75 ft–lb
(75 to 102 N–m)

18
23
21

20
6

FRONT

RIGHT
35 ft–lb
(47 N–m)

Figure 5
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Front axle
Flat washer
Lock washer
Hex nut
Hex nut
Lock washer
Hex nut
Inside shackle

Chassis

9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.

Shackle bushing
Shoulder bolt
Outside shackle
Spacer
Shoulder bolt
Shock absorber
Axle bumper
Cap screw (4 used per spring)

Page 7 – 8

17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.

Spring plate
Leaf spring
LH spindle assembly
Lock nut (4 used per spring)
RH spindle assembly
Hub assembly
Wheel assembly
Lug nut (5 used per wheel)

Multi Pro 5700–D

Disassembly (Fig. 5)

Assembly (Fig. 5)

1. Park machine on a level surface, stop engine, engage parking brake, and remove key.

1. Assemble front suspension using Figure 5 as a
guide.
A. When installing suspension components, loosely
install all fasteners before tightening any of the fasteners.

B. If wheel hub was removed, see Front Wheels and
Hubs Installation in this section. If spindle was removed, see Spindles in this section.
NOTE: When installing leaf springs, make sure front
axle and spring plate are centered on the screw head
and nut that fasten spring leaves.
IMPORTANT: If leaf spring replacement is needed, always replace both springs for proper vehicle performance.
C. To install leaf springs, attach springs to frame with
shackles, bushings, shoulder bolts, lock washers
and hex nuts without tightening fasteners. Install
spring plate to top of spring assembly with curved
edge toward spring. Install and tighten cap screws
and lock nuts in a crossing pattern until spring plate,
leaf spring and axle contact. Fully tighten fasteners
that secure springs to frame. Torque lock nuts that
secure spring plate 35 ft–lb (47 N–m) using a crossing pattern.

2. Jack front of machine off ground (see Jacking Instructions in Operator’s Manual). Support machine to allow front suspension to hang freely from machine.
3. Remove front wheel assembly (see Front Wheels
and Hubs).
4. Disassemble front suspension as needed using Figure 5 as a guide.

D. When installing shock absorbers, make sure that
spacer is positioned between shock and frame attachment point.

A. If wheel hub requires removal, see Front Wheels
and Hubs Removal in this section. If spindle requires
removal, see Spindles in this section.
B. When removing leaf springs, support axle to prevent it from falling. Loosen fasteners that secure
springs to frame attachment points. Loosen and remove cap screws and locknuts that secure spring
plate. Remove shackles, bushings, shoulder bolts,
lock washers and hex nuts from spring and frame.
Remove leaf springs from machine.

Failure to maintain proper lug nut torque
could result in failure or loss of wheel and may
result in personal injury.
2. Install wheel with valve stem facing out and secure
with lug nuts. Torque lug nuts evenly in a crossing pattern from 55 to 75 ft–lb (75 to 102 N–m).
3. Lower machine to ground.
4. Lubricate suspension grease fittings (see Operator’s
Manual).
5. Check front wheel toe–in and adjust if necessary
(see Operator’s Manual).
6. Check front suspension and steering operation.
Make sure that components do not contact hoses and/or
wires.

Multi Pro 5700–D

Page 7 – 9

Chassis

C. If front axle removal is required, remove steering
cylinder from axle (see Steering Cylinder in Service
and Repair Section of Chapter 4 – Hydraulic System).

WARNING

Brake Assembly

15
1
60 ft–lb
(81 N–m)
7

10
14

4
8
10

5
70 to 90 ft–lb
(95 to 122 N–m)

6
60 ft–lb
(81 N–m)

9
11

13
12

Figure 6
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

RH brake cable
Planetary assembly
Lug nut (8 used per wheel)
Tire and wheel assembly
Gasket
RH brake assembly

7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.

Flange head screw (4 used per brake)
Splined brake shaft
Retaining ring
O–ring
RH wheel motor
Flat washer (2 used per motor)

13.
14.
15.
16.
17.

Cap screw (2 used per motor)
LH wheel motor
LH brake cable
LH brake assembly
Flange head screw (6 used per side)

Removal (Fig. 6)
1. Park machine on a level surface, stop engine, engage parking brake, and remove key from the ignition
switch.
2. Drain oil from planetary wheel drive/brake assembly
(see Operator’s Manual).

Chassis

Page 7 – 10

Multi Pro 5700–D

3. Chock front wheels and jack up rear of machine (see
Jacking Instructions in Operator’s Manual). Support
machine with jack stands or solid wood blocks.
4. Remove rear wheel assembly.
5. Remove hydraulic wheel motor (see Rear Wheel
Motors in Service and Repairs section of Chapter 4 –
Hydraulic System).
6. Disconnect brake cable from pull rod on brake.

WARNING
Failure to maintain proper lug nut torque
could result in failure or loss of wheel and may
result in personal injury.
7. Install wheel assembly with valve stem facing out.
Torque lug nuts from 70 to 90 ft–lb (95 to 122 N–m) to
secure wheel assembly.

NOTE: Be careful not to drop splined brake shaft as
brake assembly is removed.

8. Lower machine to ground.

7. Support brake assembly and remove four (4) flange
head screws that secure brake assembly to planetary
assembly. Remove brake assembly from machine.

9. Make sure drain plug is installed in bottom of brake
assembly (Fig. 8). Fill planetary wheel drive/brake assembly to proper level with SAE 85W–140 gear lube
(see Operator’s Manual).

8. Locate and remove splined brake shaft.

10.Check and adjust brake cables for proper brake operation (see Operator’s Manual).

9. Complete brake inspection and repair.
Installation (Fig. 6)
NOTE: The stepped end of the splined brake shaft
must be aligned toward the hydraulic wheel motor (Fig.
7).
1. Install splined brake shaft into brake assembly. Make
sure that splines engage rotating discs in brake assembly.
2. Make sure that gasket surfaces of planetary and
brake assembly are clean. Position new gasket to brake
assembly.

2
1
Figure 7

1. Splined brake shaft step
2. Hydraulic motor end

3. Position brake assembly to machine, aligning
splined brake shaft with input shaft on planetary wheel
drive.

3. Planetary assembly end

1
2

4. Make sure that gasket is properly positioned and
then install flange head screws (11) to secure brake assembly to planetary assembly. Tighten screws in a
crossing pattern to a torque of 60 ft–lb (81 N–m).
5. Install brake cable to pull rod on brake assembly.
Brake cable end should be completely threaded onto
pull rod.
6. Install new o–ring on hydraulic wheel motor. Install
wheel motor (see Rear Wheel Motors in Service and Repairs section of Chapter 4 – Hydraulic System).

Multi Pro 5700–D

Chassis

Figure 8
1. Brake housing
2. Check plug

Page 7 – 11

3. Drain plug

Chassis

Brake Inspection and Repair
3

2
1

4
5

6
7

9
15
10

13
12

Figure 9
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Brake housing (LH shown)
Seal
Pull rod
Clevis pin
Link

6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

11.
12.
13.
14.
15.

Hitch pin (2 used)
Stationary disc
Rotating disc
Retaining ring
Gasket

Rotating actuator
Extension spring (3 used)
Ball (3 used)
Plug (2 used)
O–ring

Brake Inspection and Repair (Fig. 9)

6. Remove seal (2) from brake housing.

1. Scrape gasket material (10) from brake housing and
planetary wheel drive mounting surfaces.

7. Wash parts in cleaning solvent. Inspect components
for wear or damage.

2. Remove retaining ring (9).

8. Reverse steps 2 – 6 to assemble brakes, installing
new parts as necessary. Install a new seal (2).

3. Remove four stationary discs (7) and three rotating
discs (8).

9. Use a new gasket (10) when installing the brake assembly to machine.

4. Remove three extension springs (12).
5. Remove actuator assembly (3, 4, 5, 6 and 11) and
three balls (13).

Chassis

Page 7 – 12

Multi Pro 5700–D

Brake Cables
Removal

PHOTO TAKEN FROM BELOW
4

1. Remove brake cable from brake equalizer at front of
machine under floorboard (Fig. 10 and 11):

A. Remove cotter pin, flat washer, and clevis pin that
secure brake cable to brake equalizer.
B. Loosen jam nuts that secure cable to cable bracket on frame.

2. Remove brake cable from rear brake (Fig. 12):

1
3

A. Loosen and remove cable end from pull rod on
brake assembly.
B. Loosen jam nut that secures brake cable to cable
bracket on frame.

Figure 10
1.
2.
3.

RH brake cable
LH brake cable
Cable jam nut

4.
5.

Clevis pin
Frame cable bracket

3. Remove R–clamp that secures brake cable:

A. R–clamp for right side cable is on top of traction
pump.
B. R–clamp for left side cable is inside left frame rail.
4. Note routing of brake cable and remove cable from
machine.

Installation
3

1. Install brake cable to rear brake assembly:

A. Insert rear end of cable through cable bracket on
frame and through hole in rear axle frame.
B. Connect cable end to brake pull rod on brake assembly. Tighten cable end.

Figure 11
1.
2.
3.
4.

Brake pedal
Flat washer
Clevis pin
Cotter pin

5. RH brake cable
6. LH brake cable
7. Brake equalizer

C. Place cable in cable bracket. Secure with jam nut.
2. Route brake cable to front of machine.

Chassis

3. Install brake cable to brake equalizer:
A. Pass cable through cable bracket on frame and
position cable to brake equalizer.
5

B. Attach cable to equalizer with clevis pin, flat
washer, and cotter pin.

4
3

C. Position cable to cable bracket and adjust cable
free play with jam nuts. There should be no slack in
cable and brake equalizer should be perpendicular
to vehicle centerline after adjustment.

2
1

Figure 12
4. Secure cable to machine with R–clamp.

1. Brake (RH shown)
2. Brake pull rod
3. Brake cable (RH shown)

5. Check operation of brakes before using the machine.
Multi Pro 5700–D
Page 7 – 13

4. Axle frame hole
5. Cable bracket

Chassis

Planetary Wheel Drive Assembly

1
60 ft--lb
(81 N--m)
7

10
14

4
8
10

5
70 to 90 ft--lb
(95 to 122 N--m)

60 ft--lb
(81 N--m)

9
11

Figure 13
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

RH brake cable
Planetary assembly
Lug nut (8 used per wheel)
Tire and wheel assembly
Gasket
RH brake assembly

7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.

Flange head screw (4 used per brake)
Splined brake shaft
Retaining ring
O--ring
RH wheel motor (with speed sensor)
Flat washer (2 used per motor)

13.
14.
15.
16.
17.

Cap screw (2 used per motor)
LH wheel motor
LH brake cable
LH brake assembly
Flange head screw (6 used per side)

NOTE: The planetary wheel drive assembly can be serviced with the planetary installed to machine (see Planetary Wheel Drive Service in this section). Use the
following procedure to remove and install planetary
wheel drive assembly from machine.

Chassis

Page 7 -- 14 Rev. C

Multi Pro 5700--D

Removal (Fig. 13)
1. Park machine on a level surface, stop engine, engage parking brake, and remove key from the ignition
switch.
2. Drain oil from planetary wheel drive/brake assembly
(see Operator’s Manual).

3. Make sure that gasket is properly positioned and
then secure brake assembly to planetary (see Brake Assembly).
4. Secure wheel motor to planetary with two (2) cap
screws and flat washers. Torque screws 60 ft--lb (81
N--m).

WARNING

Failure to maintain proper wheel lug nut
torque could result in failure or loss of wheel
and may result in personal injury.
5. Install wheel assembly with valve stem facing out.
Torque lug nuts from 70 to 90 ft--lb (95 to 122 N--m).
6. Lower machine from jack stands.
7. Make sure drain plug is installed in bottom of brake
assembly (Fig. 14). Fill planetary wheel drive/brake assembly to proper level with SAE 85W--140 gear lube
(see Operator’s Manual). Capacity is approximately 16
oz. (.47 l) per wheel.
8. Check and adjust brake cables for proper brake operation (see Operator’s Manual).

4. Remove rear wheel assembly.
5. Support wheel motor and brake assembly to prevent
them from shifting during planetary removal.
1

7. Remove four (4) flange head screws that secure
brake assembly to planetary assembly (see Brake Assembly).
8. Support planetary assembly to prevent it from falling.
Loosen and remove eight (8) flange head screws that
secure planetary assembly to frame. Remove planetary
assembly from machine.

Figure 14
1. Brake housing
2. Check plug

3. Drain plug

Chassis

6. Remove two (2) cap screws and flat washers that secure wheel motor to planetary assembly.

Installation (Fig. 13)
1. Make sure that gasket surfaces of planetary and
brake assembly are clean. Position new gasket to brake
assembly.
2. Position planetary assembly to machine making
sure to engage splined brake shaft with planetary drive
shaft. Install eight (8) flange head screws to secure planetary assembly to frame. Torque screws 60 ft--lb (81
N--m).

Multi Pro 5700--D

Page 7 -- 15 Rev. C

Chassis

Planetary Wheel Drive Service
2
118 to 144 in--lb
(13.3 to 16.3 N--m)

3
4
7
8
9
11

12
13
14

15
16

6
10

21
13

27
26

25
24
23
22
20

Figure 15
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Spindle
Boot seal
Oil seal
Inner bearing cone
Inner bearing cup
Wheel stud (8 used)
Socket head screw (16 used)
Lock washer (16 used)
Housing
Dowel pin (2 used)

Chassis

11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.

Outer bearing cup
Outer bearing cone
O--ring
Thrust washer
Retaining ring (external)
Ring gear
Retaining ring (internal)
Plug (2 used)
O--ring (2 used)

Page 7 -- 16 Rev. C

20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.

End cap
Thrust plug
Thrust washer
Retaining ring
Primary gear
Drive shaft
Primary carrier assembly
Secondary gear
Secondary carrier assembly

Multi Pro 5700--D

NOTE: The planetary wheel drive assembly can be serviced with the planetary installed to machine. If the
spindle (item 1) needs to be removed from machine, see
Planetary Wheel Drive Assembly in this section.
Disassembly (Figs. 15 and 16)
1. If planetary wheel drive assembly is installed on machine:
A. Park machine on a level surface, lower cutting
decks, stop engine and remove key from the ignition
switch.
B. Drain oil from planetary wheel drive/brake assembly.
C. Chock rear wheels and jack up front of machine
(see Jacking Instructions in Chapter 1 -- Safety).
Support machine with jack stands.
D. Remove front wheel assembly.
Figure 16

2. Remove retaining ring (item 17).

4. Remove drive shaft assembly (items 23, 24 and 25)
If necessary, remove retaining ring and primary gear
from shaft.
5. Remove primary carrier (item 26), secondary gear
(item 27) and secondary carrier (item 28).
NOTE: Steps 6 through 10 are necessary only if inspecting or replacing bearings and/or seals.
IMPORTANT: Do not reuse retaining ring (item 10)
after it has been removed.
6. Remove retaining ring (item 15) and thrust washer
(item 14). Discard retaining ring.
7. Carefully remove housing (item 9) from spindle (item
1). Remove outer bearing cone (item 12).
8. Remove and discard seals (items 2 and 3) and O-rings (item 13) from housing.
9. Remove inner bearing cone (item 4) from housing. If
necessary, remove bearing cups (items 5 and 11) from
housing.
10.If wheel stud (item 6) removal is necessary, use
press to extract stud(s) from housing.
11. If necessary, remove socket head screws (item 7)
with lock washers (item 8) that secure ring gear (item 16)
to housing. Remove ring gear and two (2) dowel pins
(item 10) from housing.
Multi Pro 5700--D

Assembly (Figs. 15 and 16)
1. Thoroughly clean parts in solvent and dry completely
after cleaning. Inspect parts for damage or excessive
wear and replace as necessary.
2. If any wheel studs were removed, use a press to
install new studs into housing. Make sure that stud
shoulder is fully pressed against housing surface.
NOTE: Use new seal and shim kits when assembling
planetary wheel drive.
3. If spindle and housing were separated:
A. Press bearing cups (items 5 and 11) into housing
(item 9). Cups should be pressed fully to shoulder of
the housing bore.
B. Set inner bearing cone (item 4) into inner bearing
cup.
C. Make sure that seal bore in housing is thoroughly
cleaned. If OD of seal (item 3) is not rubber or does
not have a sealant coating, apply light coating of silicone sealant to seal bore in housing. Install seal into
housing so it is flush with housing face. Lightly
grease seal lips.
D. Pack boot seal (item 2) with grease and install on
housing.
E. If ring gear was removed from housing, place
dowel pins (item 10) in housing. Secure ring gear to
housing with lock washers (item 8) and socket head
screws (item 7). Torque socket head screws from
118 to 144 in--lb (13.3 to 16.3 N--m).

Page 7 -- 17 Rev. C

Chassis

3. Remove end cap (item 20). Thrust plug (item 21) and
thrust washer (item 22) usually remain in end cap bore
and should be removed for cleaning and inspection.

F. Lightly oil bearing journals on spindle shaft. Slide
housing assembly onto spindle (item 1) taking care
to not damage seal or spindle. Make sure that inner
bearing in housing fully seats against spindle shaft
shoulder.
G. Install outer bearing cone (item 12) onto spindle.
NOTE: The planetary shim kit includes the retaining
ring and several thrust washers with thickness in incremental steps of 0.004 in. (0.10 mm).
H. Measure thickness of thrust washer (item 14) that
was removed during disassembly. Choose new
thrust washer of equal thickness or the next available
thickness from thrust washers in the shim kit.
I. Apply a light coating of oil to spindle shaft, thrust
washer (item 14) and new retaining ring (item 15).
Install thrust washer onto spindle shaft.

7. Install thrust plug (item 21) and thrust washer (item
22) into end cap (item 20). Make sure that thrust plug
and thrust washer are captive on inside of end cap (item
20).
8. Install new O--ring (item 13) to end cap and then
install end cap. Secure cap with retaining ring (item 17).
9. Check operation of planetary wheel drive. With a
constant turning force applied, rotation of the planetary
should be consistent. If there is more drag at certain
points, gears are not rolling freely and the planetary
should be examined for improper assembly or damaged
components.
10.If planetary wheel drive assembly is installed on machine:
A. Install front wheel assembly.

WARNING

WARNING
If retaining ring (item 15) is not fully installed in
spindle groove, loss of wheel and personal injury may result.
J. Carefully install new retaining ring (item 15) into
the spindle shaft groove taking care to not distort
ring. If the proper thrust washer has been installed,
the retaining ring should fit tightly between the thrust
washer and spindle groove. Tap the OD of the retaining ring starting in the center and working out toward each end to ensure that the retaining ring is
properly seated into the spindle groove. Make sure
that retaining ring ID is fully seated to spindle shaft
groove.

Failure to maintain proper wheel lug nut torque
could result in failure or loss of wheel and may
result in personal injury.
B. Lower machine from jack stands. Torque wheel
lug nuts in a crossing pattern from 70 to 90 ft--lb (95 to
122 N--m).
C. Make sure drain plug is installed in bottom of
brake assembly. Fill planetary wheel drive/brake assembly with SAE 85W--140 gear lube to proper level.
Capacity is approximately 16 oz. (0.47 l) per wheel.

K. After retaining ring is installed, make sure that
there is no endplay in assembly. If required, remove
retaining ring and install a thrust washer of different
thickness to adjust endplay.
L. Install new O--ring (item 13) into groove in housing.
4. Install secondary carrier (item 28), secondary gear
(item 27) and primary carrier (item 26) making sure that
carrier gear teeth align with ring gear and spline on
spindle shaft.
5. If primary gear (item 24) was removed from drive
shaft, slide gear onto shaft and secure with retaining ring
(item 23).
6. Install drive shaft assembly (items 25, 24 and 23)
making sure that drive shaft spline aligns with carrier
gears.
Chassis

Page 7 -- 18 Rev. C

Multi Pro 5700--D

Sonic Boom System
Table of Contents
GENERAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Installation Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Precautions Concerning Chemicals Used in
Spray System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Precautions for Removing or Adjusting Spray
System Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
SONIC BOOM SYSTEM OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Sprayer Operation on Level Turf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Turf Depression Encountered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Rise in Turf Encountered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Boom Level Changed by Operator During
Automatic Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Manual Boom Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Multi Pro 5700--D

TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sonic Boom Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostic Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SERVICE AND REPAIRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sonic Mode Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic Control Unit (ECU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sonic Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 7.1 -- 1

16
16
17
20
22
22
23
24
25

Sonic Boom System (Optional Kit)

Sonic Boom
System

Chapter 7.1

General Information
Installation Instructions
The Sonic Boom Kit Installation Instructions provides information regarding the installation, operation and general maintenance for your Sonic Boom System. Refer to
that publication for additional information when servicing the machine.

Precautions Concerning Chemicals Used in Spray System
Chemicals can injure persons, animals, plants, soil and
other property. To eliminate environmental damage and
personal injury:
1. Select the proper chemical for the job.
2. Carefully read the directions printed on the chemical
manufacturer’s labels before handling chemicals. Instructions on chemical manufacturer’s container labels
regarding mixing proportions should be read and strictly
followed.

4. Always wear protective clothing, chemical resistant
gloves, eye protection and other personal protective
equipment as recommended by the chemical manufacturer.
5. Properly dispose of chemical containers, unused
chemicals and chemical solution.

3. Keep spray material away from skin. If spray material
comes in contact with a person, wash it off immediately
in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations
(refer to container labels and Material Safety Data
Sheets).

Precautions for Removing or Adjusting Spray System Components
1. Park vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking
brake.
2. Shut off the vehicle’s engine and remove the key
from the ignition switch.
3. Disengage all power and wait until all moving parts
have stopped.

Sonic Boom System (Optional Kit)

4. Remove chemicals from pump, hoses and other
spray components. Thoroughly neutralize and rinse
spray system before loosening or removing any spray
system component(s).
5. Make sure spray system pressure is relieved before
loosening any system component.

Page 7.1 -- 2

Multi Pro 5700--D

Sonic Boom
System

Special Tools
Diagnostic Display
The Diagnostic Display (Fig. 1) can be connected to the
Sonic Boom wire harness communication connector to
verify correct electrical functions of the Sonic Boom System. Electronic control unit (ECU) inputs and outputs for
the Sonic Boom System can be checked using the Diagnostic Display.
Toro Part Number for Diagnostic Display: 85--4750
Toro Part Number for Overlay (English): 94--8604
IMPORTANT: The Diagnostic Display must not be
left connected to the machine. It is not designed to
withstand the environment of the machine’s every
day use. When use of Diagnostic Display is completed, disconnect it from the machine and reconnect loopback connector to wire harness
communication connector. Machine will not operate without loopback connector installed on wire
harness. Store Diagnostic Display in a dry, secure,
indoor location and not on machine.

Figure 1

Figure 2

Multi Pro 5700--D

Page 7.1 -- 3

Sonic Boom System (Optional Kit)

Page 7.1 -- 4

Sonic Boom System

LEFT BOOM
ACTUATOR SWITCH

RIGHT BOOM
ACTUATOR SWITCH

RIGHT BOOM
ACTUATOR

LEFT BOOM
ACTUATOR

Electrical Schematic

Multi Pro 5700--D

Sonic Boom
System

This page is intentionally blank.

Multi Pro 5700--D

Page 7.1 -- 5

Sonic Boom System (Optional Kit)

Page 7.1 -- 6

Sprayer Operation on Level Turf
Sonic Mode Switch in Automatic
Power Current
Control Current
Indicator Light Current

Sonic Boom System

LEFT BOOM
ACTUATOR SWITCH

RIGHT BOOM
ACTUATOR SWITCH

(IN AUTO POSITION)

(NOT ENERGIZED)

(STATIONARY)

RIGHT BOOM
ACTUATOR

(STATIONARY)

LEFT BOOM
ACTUATOR

Sonic Boom System Operation

Multi Pro 5700--D

Sprayer Operation on Level Turf
Sonic Boom
System

During sprayer operation with the sonic boom switch in
the automatic position (sonic boom light is illuminated),
the boom mounted sonic boom sensors continually
send impulse signals and then receive echos as the signals bounce off the turf. The electronic control unit
(ECU) determines the sensor distance from the ground
based on the elapsed time between the sensor signal
generation and the received echo. As long as the sensor
height remains the same as the calibrated height, the
spray boom will remain at a fixed height from the ground
for spraying accuracy.
On level turf, the boom sensors continually send signals
and receive echoes that determine that the booms sections are at the calibrated height. Thus, there is no need
to change boom height. The boom actuators will not be
energized and the boom sections remain at the correct,
level position.

CONSISTENT BOOM HEIGHT
SO ACTUATOR MOVEMENT
IS NOT NECESSARY

LEVEL GROUND

Figure 3

Multi Pro 5700--D

Page 7.1 -- 7

Sonic Boom System (Optional Kit)

Page 7.1 -- 8

Multi Pro 5700--D

Downward Slope in Turf Encountered (Left Boom Shown)
Sonic Mode Switch in Automatic
Power Current
Control Current
Indicator Light Current

Sonic Boom System

LEFT BOOM
ACTUATOR SWITCH

RIGHT BOOM
ACTUATOR SWITCH

(IN AUTO POSITION)

(NOT ENERGIZED)

(ENERGIZED)

(NOT ENERGIZED)

(STATIONARY)

RIGHT BOOM
ACTUATOR

(EXTENDING)

LEFT BOOM
ACTUATOR

The boom sensor target distance is initiated during initial
sonic boom calibration and is typically set at twenty (20)
inches. When in automatic mode, the booms will not
move if the target distance change is three (3) inches or
less (inner dead band). Once the target distance exceeds five (5) inches (outer dead band), the ECU will energize the appropriate power switch relay. The
energized relay will lead to a change in boom actuator
length and ultimately a change in boom height.

When a spray boom section encounters a downward
slope in the turf, the time necessary for the sensor to receive the signal echo is longer than the calibrated timeframe. This change in time causes the ECU to energize
the appropriate power switch relay. The energized relay
provides a current path to the boom actuator causing the
actuator to extend and the boom section to lower. This
maintains the boom height at the calibrated distance
from the ground. Once the boom section is lowered to
the calibrated distance, the elapsed time between the
sensor signal generation and the received echo returns
to the correct timeframe and the boom stops lowering.

A HIGHER BOOM HEIGHT IS DETECTED
SO ACTUATOR EXTENDS TO LOWER BOOM SECTION

SLOPE
Figure 4

Multi Pro 5700--D

Page 7.1 -- 9

Sonic Boom System (Optional Kit)

Sonic Boom
System

Downward Slope in Turf Encountered

Sonic Boom System (Optional Kit)

Page 7.1 -- 10

Multi Pro 5700--D

Rise in Turf Encountered (Right Boom Shown)
Sonic Mode Switch in Automatic
Power Current
Control Current
Indicator Light Current

Sonic Boom System

LEFT BOOM
ACTUATOR SWITCH

RIGHT BOOM
ACTUATOR SWITCH

(IN AUTO POSITION)

(ENERGIZED)

(NOT ENERGIZED)

(ENERGIZED)

(NOT ENERGIZED)

(RETRACTING)

RIGHT BOOM
ACTUATOR

(STATIONARY)

LEFT BOOM
ACTUATOR

When a spray boom section encounters a rise in the turf,
the time necessary for the sensor to receive the signal
echo is shorter than the calibrated timeframe. This
change in time causes the ECU to energize the appropriate power switch relay and H--bridge relays.
These energized relays provide a current path to the
boom actuator causing the actuator to retract and the
boom section to raise. This maintains the boom height
at the calibrated distance from the ground. Once the
boom section is raised to the calibrated distance, the
elapsed time between the sensor signal generation and
the received echo returns to the correct timeframe and
the boom stops raising.

A LOWER BOOM HEIGHT IS DETECTED
SO ACTUATOR RETRACTS TO RAISE BOOM SECTION

RISE

Figure 5

Multi Pro 5700--D

Page 7.1 -- 11

Sonic Boom System (Optional Kit)

Sonic Boom
System

Rise in Turf Encountered

Sonic Boom System (Optional Kit)

Page 7.1 -- 12

Multi Pro 5700--D

Boom Level Changed by Operator (Raise Left Boom Shown)
Sonic Mode Switch in Automatic
Power Current
Control Current
Indicator Light Current

Sonic Boom System

LEFT BOOM
ACTUATOR SWITCH
(PRESSED TO RAISE)

RIGHT BOOM
ACTUATOR SWITCH

(IN AUTO POSITION)

(NOT ENERGIZED)

(ENERGIZED)

(NOT ENERGIZED)

(ENERGIZED)

(STATIONARY)

RIGHT BOOM
ACTUATOR

(RETRACTING)

LEFT BOOM
ACTUATOR

If a boom is raised by the operator while the Sonic Boom
System is in automatic operation, the boom will remain
in the raised position until it is lowered halfway with the
boom actuator switch to re--engage automatic sonic
boom operation. If one boom is moved by the operator,
the other boom continues to function automatically.

If the sprayer operator should press a boom actuator
switch while in automatic operation, the ECU energizes
the necessary power switch relay and H--bridge relays
to raise or lower the appropriate boom. The energized
relay(s) provides a current path to the requested boom
actuator to raise or lower the boom. The boom actuator
will stay energized as long as the operator keeps the
boom actuator switch pressed. The sonic boom light will
flash as long as the boom actuator switch is pressed.

Multi Pro 5700--D

Page 7.1 -- 13

Sonic Boom System (Optional Kit)

Sonic Boom
System

Boom Level Changed by Operator During Automatic Operation

Sonic Boom System (Optional Kit)

Page 7.1 -- 14

Multi Pro 5700--D

Manual Boom Operation (Lower Right Boom Shown)
Sonic Mode Switch in Manual
Power Current
Control Current
Indicator Light Current

Sonic Boom System

LEFT BOOM
ACTUATOR SWITCH

RIGHT BOOM
ACTUATOR SWITCH
(PRESSED TO LOWER)

(IN MANUAL POSITION)

(ENERGIZED)

(NOT ENERGIZED)

(EXTENDING)

RIGHT BOOM
ACTUATOR

(STATIONARY)

LEFT BOOM
ACTUATOR

During sprayer operation with the sonic boom switch in
the manual position, the spray booms will remain in position unless the operator presses a boom actuator
switch. When the sonic boom switch is in the manual
position, the sonic boom light should be illuminated. The
operator will control the boom position with the boom actuator switches.
Raise Spray Boom
When a boom actuator switch is pressed to raise a boom
section, the electronic control unit (ECU) energizes the
power switch relay and both H--bridge relays for the requested boom section. The energized relays provide a
current path to the boom actuator causing the actuator
to retract which will raise the boom section. The boom
will continue to rise until the operator releases the boom
actuator switch.

Multi Pro 5700--D

Lower Spray Boom
When a boom actuator switch is pressed to lower a
boom section, the electronic control unit (ECU) energizes the power switch relay for the requested boom
section. The energized relay provides a current path to
the boom actuator causing the actuator to extend which
will lower the boom section. The boom will continue to
lower until the operator releases the boom actuator
switch.

Page 7.1 -- 15

Sonic Boom System (Optional Kit)

Sonic Boom
System

Manual Boom Operation

Troubleshooting
For effective troubleshooting and repairs, there must be
a good understanding of the electrical circuits and components used on the Sonic Boom System (see Sonic
Boom System Operation in this chapter).

NOTE: When troubleshooting an electrical problem on
your Sonic Boom System, refer to information regarding
the sonic boom light in this section. Also, use the Diagnostic Display (see Special Tools in this chapter) to test
electronic control unit (ECU) inputs and outputs.

Sonic Boom Light
The Sonic Boom System is designed to automatically
adjust the sprayer boom height if changes in the turf surface are detected. The sonic boom light should be illuminated whenever the vehicle ignition switch is ON and the
sonic boom switch is in either the automatic or manual
position.
The sonic boom light flashing quickly indicates that the
Sonic Boom System is in the calibration mode. This
mode allows the spray booms to be adjusted for the desired boom height. The calibration mode lasts for twenty
(20) seconds after which the boom light should quit
flashing.

Figure 6
1. MP 5700 dash

2. Boom light location

NOTE: A sequence of switch movements is necessary
to engage the calibration mode. Refer to the Sonic
Boom Kit Installation Instructions for this sequence.
The sonic boom light flashing slowly indicates that a system error has been encountered. If the boom light is
flashing slowly, lower the affected boom(s) with the
boom actuator switch(es) to clear the error. If the error
continues, there may be an issue with the Sonic Boom
System electronic control unit (ECU). If this occurs, see
Diagnostic Display and Troubleshooting Chart in this
section.

Sonic Boom Calibration
The Sonic Boom sensor calibration process is critical to
the correct operation of the Sonic Boom System. The
calibration process establishes the sensor target distance between the boom and the turf surface. Typically,
this distance is approximately twenty (20) inches. Steps
needed for proper calibration are identified in the Sonic
Boom Kit Installation Instructions.

Sonic Boom System (Optional Kit)

While calibrating the Sonic Boom sensors, it is best to
perform the calibration process on turf. A shiny surface
(e.g. cement shop floor) can skew sensor signals. Also,
ensure the calibration area is free of buildings, trees, underground plumbing and other machines that could interfere with sensor signals.

Page 7.1 -- 16

Multi Pro 5700--D

The Sonic Boom System is equipped with an electronic
control unit (ECU) which controls machine sonic boom
electrical functions. The ECU monitors various input
switches (e.g. boom actuator switches, sonic boom sensors) and energizes outputs to actuate relays for appropriate machine functions.
For the ECU to control the machine as desired, each of
the inputs (switches and sensors) and outputs (relays)
must be connected and functioning properly.
The Diagnostic Display (see Special Tools in this chapter) is a tool to help the technician verify correct electrical
functions of the machine.
IMPORTANT: The Diagnostic Display must not be
left connected to the machine. It is not designed to
withstand the environment of the machine’s every
day use. When use of the Diagnostic Display is completed, disconnect it from the machine and reconnect loopback connector to harness connector. The
machine will not operate without the loopback connector installed on the harness. Store the Diagnostic Display in a dry, secure, indoor location and not
on machine.
Verify Diagnostic Display Input Functions
1. Park vehicle on a level surface, stop the engine and
apply the parking brake.

CAUTION
When testing ECU inputs with the Diagnostic
Display, boom actuators may be energized causing the spray booms to move. Be cautious of potential sprayer component movement while verifying inputs with the Diagnostic Display.
6. The Diagnostic Display will illuminate the LED
associated with each of the inputs when that input switch
is closed. Individually, change each of the switches from
open to closed (e.g. toggle sonic mode switch), and note
that the appropriate LED on the Diagnostic Display will
illuminate when the corresponding switch is closed. Repeat on each switch that is possible to be changed by
hand (see Inputs and LED Operation chart on following
page).
7. If appropriate LED does not toggle on and off when
switch state is changed, check all wiring and connections to that switch and/or test switch. Replace any defective switches and repair any damaged wiring.
8. After input functions testing is complete, disconnect
the Diagnostic Display connector from the harness connector and plug loopback connector into wire harness.

2. Locate Sonic Boom wire harness communication
port and loopback connector under the vehicle dash
panel. Carefully unplug loopback connector from harness connector.
3. Connect the Diagnostic Display connector to the
wire harness connector. Make sure correct overlay decal is positioned on the Diagnostic Display (Fig. 7).
4. Turn the vehicle ignition switch to the ON position,
but do not start vehicle.
NOTE: The red text on the Diagnostic Display overlay
decal refers to input switches and the green text refers
to ECU outputs.
5. Make sure that the “INPUTS DISPLAYED” LED, on
lower right column of the Diagnostic Display, is illuminated. If “OUTPUTS DISPLAYED” LED is illuminated,
press the toggle button on the Diagnostic Display to
change to “INPUTS DISPLAYED” LED.

Figure 7
Multi Pro 5700--D

Page 7.1 -- 17

Sonic Boom System (Optional Kit)

Sonic Boom
System

Diagnostic Display

Diagnostic Display
Inputs

Diagnostic Display
LED Operation

AUTO MODE

Sonic mode switch in auto position: LED ON
Sonic mode switch not in auto position: LED OFF

L RAISE

Left boom actuator switch in raise position: LED ON
Left boom actuator switch not in raise position: LED OFF

L LOWER

Left boom actuator switch in lower position: LED ON
Left boom actuator switch not in lower position: LED OFF

R RAISE

Right boom actuator switch in raise position: LED ON
Right boom actuator switch not in raise position: LED OFF

R LOWER

Right boom actuator switch in lower position: LED ON
Right boom actuator switch not in lower position: LED OFF

L NO SNSR DATA

ECU has detected an invalid reading from left sensor: LED ON
Left sensor operating normally: LED OFF

L NOT TRACKING

Left boom not tracking to target within 5 seconds: LED ON
Left sensor operating normally: LED OFF

R NO SNSR DATA

ECU has detected an invalid reading from right sensor: LED ON
Right sensor operating normally: LED OFF

R NOT TRACKING

Right boom not tracking to target within 5 seconds: LED ON
Right sensor operating normally: LED OFF

L -- SNSR FEEDBACK

ECU receiving signal from left sensor: LED ON
ECU not receiving signal from left sensor: LED OFF

R -- SNSR FEEDBACK

ECU receiving signal from right sensor: LED ON
ECU not receiving signal from right sensor: LED OFF

NOTE: When the vehicle ignition switch is in the OFF
position, all Diagnostic Display LED’s should be OFF.
NOTE: Initial calibration of the Sonic Boom sensors is
required for proper operation of ECU inputs. Refer to
your Sonic Boom Kit Installation Instructions for information on initial sensor calibration.

Sonic Boom System (Optional Kit)

NOTE: Right and left side Sonic Boom sensors are
identical so they can be exchanged to assist in troubleshooting. If a problem follows the exchanged sensor, an
electrical problem likely exists with the sensor. If the
problem remains unchanged, something other than the
sensor is the problem source (e.g. switch, circuit wiring).

Page 7.1 -- 18

Multi Pro 5700--D

The Diagnostic Display also has the ability to detect
which output solenoids or relays are energized by the
electronic control unit (ECU). This is a quick way to determine which electrical component is malfunctioning.
NOTE: An open output (e.g. an unplugged connector or
a broken wire) cannot be detected with the Diagnostic
Display.

NOTE: It may be necessary to toggle between “INPUTS DISPLAYED” and “OUTPUTS DISPLAYED” several times to perform the following step. To change from
inputs to outputs, press toggle button once. This may be
done as often as required. Do not press and hold
toggle button.

1. Park vehicle on a level surface, stop the engine and
engage the parking brake.

6. Attempt to operate the desired function of the machine. The appropriate output LED’s should illuminate
on the Diagnostic Display to indicate that the ECU is
turning on that function. The outputs can be checked
with the vehicle ignition switch in the ON position and the
engine not running.

2. Locate Sonic Boom System wire harness and loopback connector under the vehicle dash panel. Carefully
unplug loopback connector from harness connector.

A. If the correct output LED’s do not illuminate, verify
that the required input switches are in the necessary
positions to allow that function to occur.

3. Connect the Diagnostic Display connector to the harness connector. Make sure correct overlay decal is positioned on the Diagnostic Display (see Special Tools in
this chapter).

B. If the output LED’s are on as specified, but the
booms do not function properly, suspect a failed
electrical component, an open in the tested circuit or
a non-electrical problem (e.g. binding of the boom
hinge). Repair as necessary.

4. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
NOTE: The red text on the Diagnostic Display overlay
decal refers to input switches and the green text refers
to ECU outputs.
5. Make sure that the “OUTPUTS DISPLAYED” LED,
on lower right column of the Diagnostic Display, is illuminated. If “INPUTS DISPLAYED” LED is illuminated,
press the toggle button on the Diagnostic Display to
change the LED to “OUTPUTS DISPLAYED”.

C. If each input switch is in the correct position and
functioning correctly, but the output LED’s are not
correctly illuminated, this indicates an ECU problem.
If this occurs, contact your Toro Distributor for assistance.
7. After output functions testing is complete, disconnect the Diagnostic Display connector from the harness
connector and plug loopback connector into wire harness.

Diagnostic Display
Outputs

Diagnostic Display
LED Operation

L BOOM -- RAISE

Left boom is rising: LED ON
Left boom is stationary: LED OFF

R BOOM -- RAISE

Right boom is rising: LED ON
Right boom is stationary: LED OFF

POWER ON/ERROR

Power to ECU: LED ON
No power to ECU: LED OFF
System error: LED flashing slowly

L BOOM MOTOR

ECU output exists to energize left power switch relay: LED ON
No ECU output to left power switch relay: LED OFF

R BOOM MOTOR

ECU output exists to energize right power switch relay: LED ON
No ECU output to right power switch relay: LED OFF

Multi Pro 5700--D

Page 7.1 -- 19

Sonic Boom System (Optional Kit)

Sonic Boom
System

Verify Diagnostic Display Output Functions

Troubleshooting Chart
The chart that follows contains suggestions that can be
used to assist in diagnosing Sonic Boom System performance issues. These suggestions are not all--inclusive.
Also, consider that there may be more than one cause
for a machine problem.

Problem

Possible Cause

Sonic boom light is not illuminated.

Sonic mode switch is in the OFF position.
5 amp or 10 amp fuse in sonic boom fuse block is faulty.
Electrical power from vehicle is not available (all sonic boom functions are affected).
Sonic boom light or circuit wiring is faulty.
Sonic mode switch or circuit wiring is faulty.

LED on one of the sonic boom sensors is not illuminated.

Sonic boom sensor or circuit wiring is faulty.

LED on both of the sonic boom sensors is not illuminated.

Sonic mode switch is in the OFF position.
5 amp fuse in sonic boom fuse block is faulty.
Sonic mode switch or circuit wiring is faulty.

One of the boom actuators will not
retract.

30 amp auto resetting fuse for affected boom actuator is faulty.
Power switch relay or circuit wiring for affected boom actuator is
faulty.
One or both of the H--bridge relays or circuit wiring for the affected
boom actuator is faulty.
Boom actuator switch or circuit wiring for affected boom actuator is
faulty.
Affected boom actuator or circuit wiring is faulty.

Neither of the boom actuators will
retract.

Loop back connector is unplugged from wire harness connector.
5 amp or 10 amp fuse in sonic boom fuse block is faulty.
Electrical power from vehicle is not available (all sonic boom functions are affected).
Both of the boom actuator 30 amp auto resetting fuses are faulty.
ECU or circuit wiring is faulty.

Sonic Boom System (Optional Kit)

Page 7.1 -- 20

Multi Pro 5700--D

Possible Cause

One of the boom actuators will not
extend.

30 amp auto resetting fuse for affected boom actuator is faulty.
Power switch relay or circuit wiring for affected boom actuator is
faulty.
Boom actuator switch or circuit wiring for affected boom actuator is
faulty.
Affected boom actuator or circuit wiring is faulty.

Neither of the boom actuators will
extend.

Loop back connector is unplugged from wire harness connector.
5 amp or 10 amp fuse in sonic boom fuse block is faulty.
Electrical power from vehicle is not available (all sonic boom functions are affected).
30 amp auto resetting fuse is faulty in both boom actuators.
ECU or circuit wiring is faulty.

One of the booms does not automatically follow ground irregularities.
Boom can be controlled with boom
actuator switch.

On affected boom, the sonic boom sensor cover is on sensor or is
hanging in sensor path.
On affected boom, the sensor filter is dirty or damaged.
Calibration of the Sonic Boom sensors is incorrect.
On affected boom, the sonic sensor angle needs adjustment.
Sonic sensor or circuit wiring for affected boom is faulty.
ECU or circuit wiring is faulty.

Neither boom automatically follows
ground irregularities. Booms can be
controlled with boom actuator
switches.

Sonic mode switch is not in the AUTO position.
Sonic boom sensor covers are on both sensors or are hanging in
sensor path.
The filters on both sensors are dirty or damaged.
Calibration of the Sonic Boom sensors is incorrect.
The sonic sensor angle on both booms need adjustment.
Both sonic sensors or circuit wiring are faulty.
ECU or circuit wiring is faulty.

Multi Pro 5700--D

Page 7.1 -- 21

Sonic Boom System (Optional Kit)

Sonic Boom
System

Problem

Service and Repairs
Sonic Mode Switch
The sonic mode switch is used as an input for the ECU
to activate the Sonic Boom System. This switch has
three (3) positions: automatic, manual and off. The sonic
mode switch is located on the console.
If the sonic mode switch is in the automatic position, the
sonic sensors will be activated to allow automatic movement of the boom. The tips of the booms will remain at
a constant distance from the ground. The boom
switches can be used to raise/lower the booms when the
sonic mode switch is in the automatic position.

6. If the sonic mode switch tests correctly and circuit
problem still exists, check wire harness (see Electrical
Schematic and Wire Harness Drawings in this chapter).
7. After testing is completed, connect wire harness
connector to the sonic mode switch.

If the sonic mode switch is in the manual position, the
sonic sensors are disabled. The boom switches are
used to raise/lower the booms when the sonic mode
switch is in the manual position.
If the sonic mode switch is in the OFF position, the
booms will remain in position. The boom actuators will
not be energized regardless of sonic boom sensor activity or change in boom switch position.

2
1

Testing
1. Before disconnecting the sonic mode switch for testing, the switch and its circuit wiring should be tested as
a ECU input with the Diagnostic Display (see Diagnostic
Display in the Troubleshooting section of this chapter).
If the Diagnostic Display verifies that the sonic mode
switch and circuit wiring are functioning correctly, no further switch testing is necessary. If, however, the Display
determines that the sonic mode switch and circuit wiring
are not functioning correctly, proceed with test.

Figure 8
1. Spray control console

2. Park vehicle on a level surface, stop engine, engage
parking brake and remove key from ignition switch.

BACK OF SWITCH

3. Disassemble console to gain access to sonic mode
switch.
4. Disconnect harness electrical connector from the
sonic mode switch.
5. The switch terminals are marked as shown in Figure
9. The circuit logic of the sonic mode switch is shown in
the chart to the right. With the use of a multimeter (ohms
setting), the switch functions may be tested to determine
whether continuity exists between the various terminals
for each switch position. Verify continuity between
switch terminals. Replace switch if testing identifies a
faulty switch.

Sonic Boom System (Optional Kit)

2. Sonic mode switch

Figure 9
SWITCH
POSITION

CLOSED
CIRCUITS

OPEN
CIRCUITS

AUTOMATIC

2+3
5+6

2+1
5+4

OFF

NONE

ALL

MANUAL

2+1
5+4

2+3
5+6

Page 7.1 -- 22

Multi Pro 5700--D

The Sonic Boom System uses six (6) identical relays to
control the boom actuators and ultimately the boom
height. Three (3) of the relays control the right actuator
and the other three (3) relays control the left actuator.
The electronic control unit (ECU) controls the operation
of the relays. The relays are located on a mounting plate
under the vehicle dash panel (Fig. 10) and can be identified by a label on the wire harness connector.
For each actuator, a power switch relay and two (2) H-bridge relays are used. The power switch relay is energized by the ECU whenever the actuator is to be
energized to change boom height (either lowered or
raised). Both H--bridge relays are energized by the ECU
when a boom is to be raised. The energized bridge relays provide current flow to the actuator so the actuator
retracts. The H--bridge relays are not energized when a
boom is to be lowered. The non--energized bridge relays
provide current flow to the actuator so the actuator extends.

7. Disconnect voltage and multimeter test leads from
the relay terminals. Replace relay if necessary.
8. Secure relay to mount plate and connect wire harness connector to relay.

7
6

4
2
5

Testing
1. Park vehicle on a level surface, stop engine, engage
parking brake and remove key from ignition switch.
2. Locate relay to be tested and disconnect wire harness connector from relay. Remove relay from mount
plate for testing.

Figure 10
1.
2.
3.
4.

Mount plate
Electronic control unit
Sonic boom fuse block
Relay (6 used)

5. Cap screw (4 used)
6. Lock washer (4 used)
7. Nut (4 used)

3. Using a multimeter, verify that coil resistance between terminals 85 and 86 is from 71 to 88 ohms.
4. Connect multimeter (ohms setting) leads to relay terminals 30 and 87. Ground terminal 86 and apply +12
VDC to terminal 85. The relay terminals 30 and 87
should have continuity as +12 VDC is applied to terminal
85. The relay terminals 30 and 87 should not have continuity as +12 VDC is removed from terminal 85.

87A

1
Figure 11
1. Coil terminal
2. Common terminal

3. Normally closed term.
4. Normally open term.

5. Disconnect voltage from terminal 85 and multimeter
lead from terminal 87.
6. Connect multimeter (ohms setting) leads to relay terminals 30 and 87A. With terminal 86 grounded, apply
+12 VDC to terminal 85. The relay terminals 30 and 87A
should not have continuity as +12 VDC is applied to terminal 85. The relay terminals 30 and 87A should have
continuity as +12 VDC is removed from terminal 85.
Multi Pro 5700--D

Page 7.1 -- 23

Sonic Boom System (Optional Kit)

Sonic Boom
System

Relays

Electronic Control Unit (ECU)
The Sonic Boom System uses an electronic control unit
(ECU) to control electrical system operation. The ECU
is attached to a mounting plate under the vehicle dash
panel (Fig. 12).

Power is provided to the ECU when the vehicle ignition
switch is ON. A 5 amp fuse provides circuit protection for
this logic power to the ECU. The fuse is located in the
Sonic Boom System fuse block.

The ECU monitors the states of the following components as inputs: the sonic mode switch, the two (2) boom
actuator switches and the two (2) boom sonic sensors.
The ECU controls electrical output to the sonic boom
light and the six (6) relays that are part of the Sonic
Boom System. Circuit protection for the ECU outputs is
provided by a 10 amp fuse located in the Sonic Boom
System fuse block.
Because of the solid state circuitry built into the ECU,
there is no method to test it directly. The ECU may be
damaged if an attempt is made to test it with an electrical
test device (e.g. digital multimeter or test light).

4
2

Figure 12
1. Mount plate
2. Electronic control unit

3. Sonic boom fuse block
4. Relay (6 used)

IMPORTANT: Before performing welding on the machine, disconnect both cables from the battery and
disconnect wire harness connector from the ECU.
These steps will prevent damage to the machine
electrical system.

Sonic Boom System (Optional Kit)

Page 7.1 -- 24

Multi Pro 5700--D

Two (2) identical sonic sensors are used in the Sonic
Boom System. The sensors are mounted to the spray
booms (Fig. 13). During sprayer operation with the sonic
mode switch in the automatic position, the sonic sensors
will provide inputs for the electronic control unit (ECU)
to keep the booms at a constant distance from the
ground.
During sprayer operation, the sonic boom sensor continually sends an impulse signal and then receives an
echo as the signal bounces off the turf. The ECU establishes the sensor distance from the ground based on the
time between the sensor signal generation and the received echo. The ECU then determines if the boom
height is different than the calibrated height and, if necessary, energizes the appropriate boom actuator to
change the boom height.
Sensors and protection tubes should be rotated above
parallel with the ground for proper sonic sensor operation. Refer to the Sonic Boom Kit Installation Instructions
for sonic sensor setup information.

3
2
6

7
1
13
12

8
9

Figure 13
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Sonic sensor
Sensor bracket
Screw (2 used)
Protection tube
U--bolt (4 used)
Lock nut (8 used)
Sensor cover

8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

Spray boom (RH shown)
Lock washer (2 used)
Nut (2 used)
Foam sensor filter
Sensor shield
Patch

The sonic sensor includes a LED that should be illuminated during sprayer operation regardless of whether
the sonic mode switch is in manual or automatic mode.
The intensity of the LED can be used to assure that the
sensor is properly adjusted on the spray boom.
The sonic sensors and their circuit wiring can be tested
as ECU inputs with the Diagnostic Display (see Diagnostic Display in the Troubleshooting section of this
chapter). Because of the solid state circuitry built into the
sensors, there is no method to test them directly. The
sensors may be damaged if an attempt is made to test
them with an electrical test device (e.g. digital multimeter or test light)
IMPORTANT: Do not spray water at or on the sensors. Water sprayed under even household pressure can damage the sensor. Always install sensor
cover (item 7) on sensor before washing the sprayer. Also, install cover when sprayer is not in use.
As required, use a damp cloth to clean the sensors.
Make sure that the sensor covers (item 7) are clean and
dry before installing them on sensors.
The patch (item 13) that is adhered to the sensor is designed to allow moisture to escape from inside the sensor housing. The patch should be replaced if it is
deteriorated or has loosened from the sensor.
Inspect the foam sensor filter (item 11) for damage or excessive debris buildup. Replace filter if necessary.

Multi Pro 5700--D

Page 7.1 -- 25

Sonic Boom System (Optional Kit)

Sonic Boom
System

Sonic Sensor

This page is intentionally blank.

Sonic Boom System (Optional Kit)

Page 7.1 -- 26

Multi Pro 5700--D

Chapter 8

Electrical Diagrams
Table of Contents

Multi Pro 5700--D

Page 8 -- 1

Electrical
Drawings

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS
Vehicle Electrical Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Spray System Electrical Schematic (Serial
Number Below 260000000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Spray System Electrical Schematic (Serial
Number Above 260000000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
Glow Plug Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Start Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Run Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Cruise Control Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
WIRE HARNESS DRAWINGS
Vehicle Wire Harness (Serial Number Below
240000300) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Vehicle Wire Harness (Serial Number From
240000300 to 290999999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Vehicle Wire Harness (Serial Number Above
310000000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Spray System Wire Harness (Serial Number
Below 260000000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Spray System Wire Harness (Serial Number
From 260000001 to 270999999) . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Spray System Wire Harness (Serial Number
From 280000001 to 290999999) . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Spray System Wire Harness (Serial Number
Above 310000000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Rev. D

Electrical Diagrams

This page is intentionally blank.

Electrical Diagrams

Page 8 – 2

Multi Pro 5700–D

R/BK
IGNITION SWITCH
OFF RUN START
B

R/W

R/BK

VIO

R/BK

R/BK
VIO

A
S

ALTERNATOR
X

GN/R
VIO/W
GN/R

1
2
NEUTRAL SWITCH
(NOT IN NEUTRAL)

GN/R

VIO

FUSIBLE LINK HARNESS
FL3

RUN SOLENOID
(HOLD)
R/BK

FL1

CONTROLLER
GLOW PLUG
KUBOTA

FL2

R
VIO/W

POSITIVE BATTERY CABLE

G
B+
Start

FUSIBLE LINK

R/BK

FUEL PUMP

(PULL)
STARTER

VIO/W

START 1

VIO/W
OR

R/BK

(+)

LAMP 2

GLOW

+12V

GROUND

GLOW
PLUG
LAMP

GN/R

TEMP.

BATT.

OVER
TEMP

OIL
PRES

BN
HR
(–)

PROTECTION
DIODE
(D2)
VIO/W

NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE
B
B

BU
GN/R

(+)

BATTERY

FRAME
GROUND

SOLENOID

BN/W

ENGINE ENGINE OVER TEMP.
(TEMPERATURE)

(–)
ENGINE
GROUND

BN/W

OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
(LOW PRESSURE)

ENGINE

ALL MAIN HARNESS GROUND POINTS
MARKED AS BLACK WIRE ARE
CONNECTED TOGETHER AND TO
THE ENGINE GROUND

R/BK

GLOW PLUGS (3)

87
GLOW RELAY

15 A
PK

PARKING BRAKE
(NO)
(BRAKE APPLIED)

10A
OR

OFF: NONE
ON: 2&3
ENGAGE: 2&3; 5&6

10A

15 A
PK

BU
F2

87a
87
86

BN
CRUISE CONTROL COIL

CRUISE RELAY

ACCESSORY

BK
F5

15A
GY

CRUISE SWITCH

SPRAY SYSTEM

15A
GY

FOAM MARKER

BOOM LIFT

R/W

OR
LIGHT SWITCH

R
F7

HEAD LIGHTS

20A

F8
GY

ACCESSORY

Multi Pro 5700–D
Vehicle Electrical Schematic
All relays and solenoids
are shown as de–energized.

Page 8 – 3
Rev. A

R/W

SPRAY VALVE
LS BOOM SWITCH
1
R
2
3
4
5
6
BK

R/BK

2 FOAM MARKER

4 BOOM LIFT

6 SPRAY SYSTEM

8 ACCESSORY

BU/W

BU/BK

7
OR/BK

(OFF)
BU/BK

SPRAY VALVE
CTR. BOOM SWITCH
1
2
3
GN/W
4
PK
5
6
PK
BK
8

(+)

OR/W

OR/BK

BK AGITATION
SWITCH
1
VIO/BK
2
3
4
5
6

GN/BK
GN/BK(OFF)

8
BK

VIO/BK

PUMP
SWITCH
2
5

1
3
4
6

R/BU

Y/R GN/R

BU/PK

BOOM LIFT
LH SWITCH
1
2
3
4
5
6

BU/R

BU/PK

BOOM LIFT
RH SWITCH
1
3
4
6

R/W

BOOM FOAM
RH SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)

BOOM FOAM
LH SWITCH
(OPTIONAL)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

R/BK

1
3
4
6

2
5

W/BK

W/BK
BK

(OFF)

BU/GY

Y/BU

2
R

RATE
SWITCH
1
3
4
6

(OFF)
BK

VIO/W

(–)

ACCESSORY
SOLENOID
(NOT ENERGIZED)

SPRAY VALVE
RT BOOM SWITCH
1
R
2
3
PK
4
5
6
BK
8

(OFF)

R
FUSE BLOCK 4 WAY

1
3

MASTER BOOM
FOOT SWITCH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

BATT GND
CENTER BOOM
VLV SIG
VLV GND
RIGHT BOOM
LEFT BOOM
AGITATION
RATE +
RATE –

VLV SIG
VLV GND

FLOW GND
FLOW V+
FLOW SIG
+12V
PUMP SW
BATT V+

DISABLE

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

MANUAL
INTERFACE
CONTROL

PRO–CONTROL
(OPTIONAL)

3
2
1

OR/W
OR/BK

GN/W
GN/BK

VIO/W
BN
VIO/BK

R PK

BU/BK

BU/W

BN/W

BU/R

BU/GY
BK

BK
BK

W/BK
BK

PK/BK

PK/BU

PK/W

Y/BU

W/BK

SPEED
SENSOR

FLOW
METER
(OPTIONAL)

PWM
CONTROL VALVE

LEFT SPRAY
VALVE

CENTER SPRAY
VALVE

RIGHT SPRAY
VALVE

AGITATION
SWITCH

87
87a

RELAY
K1

87
87a

RELAY
K2

1
R

2
BOOM
LS LIFT

All relays and solenoids
are shown as de–energized.
All ground wires are black.

Page 8 – 4
Rev. A

2
BOOM
RS LIFT

LH FOAM
SOLENOID
(OPTIONAL)

RH FOAM
SOLENOID
(OPTIONAL)

MASTER
FOAM
SOLENOID
(OPTIONAL)

2
FOAM
COMPRESSOR
(OPTIONAL)

Multi Pro 5700–D
Spray System
Electrical Schematic
(Serial Number Below 260000000)

All relays and solenoids
are shown as de–energized.
All ground wires are black.

Multi Pro 5700–D
Spray System
Electrical Schematic
(Serial Number Above 260000000)
Page 8 – 5
Rev. A

R/BK
IGNITION SWITCH
OFF RUN START
B

R/W

R/BK

VIO

R/BK

R/BK
A

VIO

ALTERNATOR
X

GN/R
VIO/W
GN/R

1
2
NEUTRAL SWITCH
(IN NEUTRAL)

GN/R

VIO

GN/R

VIO

FUSIBLE LINK HARNESS
FL3

FL1

CONTROLLER
GLOW PLUG
KUBOTA

FL2

R
B+
G
VIO/W Start

POSITIVE BATTERY CABLE

FUSIBLE LINK

RUN SOLENOID
(HOLD)
R/BK

R/BK

FUEL PUMP

(PULL)
STARTER

VIO/W

START 1

VIO/W

R/BK

(+)

LAMP 2
OR

GLOW

+12V

GROUND

GLOW
PLUG
LAMP

GN/R

TEMP.

BATT.

OVER
TEMP

OIL
PRES

BN
HR
(–)

PROTECTION
DIODE
(D2)
VIO/W

NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE
B
B

BU
GN/R

(+)

BATTERY

FRAME
GROUND

ALL MAIN HARNESS GROUND POINTS
MARKED AS BLACK WIRE ARE
CONNECTED TOGETHER AND TO
THE ENGINE GROUND

SOLENOID

BN/W

ENGINE ENGINE OVER TEMP.
(TEMPERATURE)

(–)
ENGINE
GROUND

BN/W

OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
(LOW PRESSURE)

ENGINE

(NOT ENERGIZED)

R/BK

GLOW PLUGS (3)

GLOW RELAY
(ENERGIZED)
F1

15 A
PK

PARKING BRAKE
(NO)
(BRAKE APPLIED)

10A
OR

OFF: NONE
ON: 2&3
ENGAGE: 2&3; 5&6

R
F2

10A

15 A
ACCESSORY

PK
R

87a
87
86

BN
CRUISE CONTROL COIL

CRUISE RELAY
(NOT ENERGIZED)
BK

15A
GY

CRUISE SWITCH

SPRAY SYSTEM

15A
GY

FOAM MARKER

BOOM LIFT

ACCESSORY

R/W

OR
LIGHT SWITCH

R
F7

HEAD LIGHTS

20A

Multi Pro 5700–D
Glow Plug Circuit
Power Current
Control Current
Indicator/Gauge Current

Page 8 – 6
Rev. A

R/BK
IGNITION SWITCH
OFF RUN START
B

R/W

R/BK

VIO

R/BK

R/BK
A

VIO

ALTERNATOR
X

GN/R
VIO/W
GN/R

1
2
NEUTRAL SWITCH
(IN NEUTRAL)

GN/R

VIO

FUSIBLE LINK HARNESS
FL3

CONTROLLER
GLOW PLUG
KUBOTA

FL2

RUN SOLENOID
(HOLD)
R/BK

FUSIBLE LINK

FL1

R/BK

POSITIVE BATTERY CABLE

FUEL PUMP

(PULL)
STARTER

VIO/W

START 1

VIO/W

R
G
B+
VIO/W Start

R/BK

(+)

LAMP 2

GLOW

+12V

GROUND

GLOW
PLUG
LAMP

GN/R

TEMP.

BATT.

OVER
TEMP

OIL
PRES

BN
HR
(–)

PROTECTION
DIODE
(D2)
VIO/W

NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE
B
B

BU
GN/R

(+)

ENGINE
GROUND

FRAME
GROUND

ALL MAIN HARNESS GROUND POINTS
MARKED AS BLACK WIRE ARE
CONNECTED TOGETHER AND TO
THE ENGINE GROUND

SOLENOID

BN/W

ENGINE ENGINE OVER TEMP.
(TEMPERATURE)

(–)

BATTERY

BN/W

OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
(LOW PRESSURE)

ENGINE

(NOT ENERGIZED)

R/BK

GLOW PLUGS (3)

GLOW RELAY
(ENERGIZED)
F1

15 A
PK

PARKING BRAKE
(NO)
(BRAKE APPLIED)

10A
OR

OFF: NONE
ON: 2&3
ENGAGE: 2&3; 5&6

R
F2

15 A
ACCESSORY

BU
10A

PK
R

87a
87
86

BN
CRUISE CONTROL COIL

CRUISE RELAY
(NOT ENERGIZED)
BK

15A
GY

CRUISE SWITCH

SPRAY SYSTEM

15A
GY

FOAM MARKER

BOOM LIFT

ACCESSORY

R/W

LIGHT SWITCH

R
F7

HEAD LIGHTS

20A

Multi Pro 5700–D
Start Circuit
Power Current
Control Current
Indicator/Gauge Current

Page 8 – 7
Rev. A

R/BK
IGNITION SWITCH
OFF RUN START
B

R/W

R/BK

VIO

R/BK

R/BK
A

VIO

ALTERNATOR
X

GN/R
VIO/W
GN/R

1
2
NEUTRAL SWITCH
(NOT IN NEUTRAL)

GN/R

VIO

FUSIBLE LINK HARNESS
FL3

RUN SOLENOID
(HOLD)
R/BK

FL1

CONTROLLER
GLOW PLUG
KUBOTA

FL2

FUSIBLE LINK

R/BK

FUEL PUMP

(PULL)
STARTER

VIO/W

START 1

VIO/W

R
G
B+
VIO/W Start

POSITIVE BATTERY CABLE

R/BK

(+)

LAMP 2
OR

GLOW

+12V

GROUND

GLOW
PLUG
LAMP

GN/R

TEMP.

BATT.

OVER
TEMP

OIL
PRES

BN
HR
(–)

PROTECTION
DIODE
(D2)
VIO/W

NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE
B
B

BU
GN/R

(+)

ENGINE
GROUND

FRAME
GROUND

ALL MAIN HARNESS GROUND POINTS
MARKED AS BLACK WIRE ARE
CONNECTED TOGETHER AND TO
THE ENGINE GROUND

SOLENOID

BN/W

ENGINE ENGINE OVER TEMP.
(TEMPERATURE)

(–)

BATTERY

BN/W

OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
(LOW PRESSURE)

ENGINE

(ENERGIZED)

R/BK

BN
GLOW PLUGS (3)

GLOW RELAY
(NOT ENERGIZED)
F1

15 A
PK

PARKING BRAKE
(NO)
(BRAKE NOT APPLIED)
Y

10A
OR

OFF: NONE
ON: 2&3
ENGAGE: 2&3; 5&6

R
F2

15 A
ACCESSORY

10A

PK
R

87a
87
86

BN
CRUISE CONTROL COIL

CRUISE RELAY
(NOT ENERGIZED)
BK

15A
GY

CRUISE SWITCH

SPRAY SYSTEM

15A
GY

FOAM MARKER

BOOM LIFT

ACCESSORY

R/W

LIGHT SWITCH

R
F7

HEAD LIGHTS

20A

Page 8 – 8
Rev. A

Multi Pro 5700–D
Run Circuit
Power Current
Control Current
Indicator/Gauge Current

R/BK
IGNITION SWITCH
OFF RUN START
B

R/W

R/BK

VIO

R/BK

R/BK
A

VIO

ALTERNATOR
X

GN/R
VIO/W
GN/R

1
2
NEUTRAL SWITCH
(NOT IN NEUTRAL)

GN/R

VIO

GN/R

VIO

FUSIBLE LINK HARNESS
FL3

RUN SOLENOID
(HOLD)
R/BK

FL1

CONTROLLER
GLOW PLUG
KUBOTA

FL2

FUSIBLE LINK

R/BK

FUEL PUMP

(PULL)
STARTER

VIO/W

START 1

VIO/W

R
G
B+
VIO/W Start

POSITIVE BATTERY CABLE

R/BK

(+)

LAMP 2

GLOW

+12V

GROUND

GLOW
PLUG
LAMP

GN/R

TEMP.

BATT.

OVER
TEMP

OIL
PRES

BN
HR
(–)

PROTECTION
DIODE
(D2)
VIO/W

NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE
B
B

BU
GN/R

(+)

ENGINE
GROUND

FRAME
GROUND

ALL MAIN HARNESS GROUND POINTS
MARKED AS BLACK WIRE ARE
CONNECTED TOGETHER AND TO
THE ENGINE GROUND

SOLENOID

BN/W

ENGINE ENGINE OVER TEMP.
(TEMPERATURE)

(–)

BATTERY

BN/W

OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
(LOW PRESSURE)

ENGINE

(ENERGIZED)

R/BK

GLOW PLUGS (3)

GLOW RELAY
(NOT ENERGIZED)
F1

15 A
PK

10A
OR

PARKING BRAKE
(NO)
(BRAKE NOT APPLIED)
Y

OFF: NONE
ON: 2&3
ENGAGE: 2&3; 5&6

R
F2

10A

OR
F3

ACCESSORY

7
BK

15A
GY

BU
3

15 A
PK

BN
87a

CRUISE CONTROL COIL
(ENERGIZED)

CRUISE RELAY
(ENERGIZED)
BK

CRUISE SWITCH

SPRAY SYSTEM

15A
GY

FOAM MARKER

BOOM LIFT

ACCESSORY

R/W

LIGHT SWITCH

R
F7

HEAD LIGHTS

20A

Multi Pro 5700–D
Cruise Control Circuit
Power Current
Control Current
Indicator/Gauge Current

Page 8 – 9
Rev. A

Multi Pro 5700–D
Vehicle Wire Harness
(Serial Number Below 240000300)
Page 8 – 10
Rev. A

RED/BLACK

PINK

GRAY
GRAY
GRAY
GRAY

PINK

VIOLET/WHITE
GREEN/RED
GREEN/RED

RED/BLACK
RED/BLACK
RED/BLACK

ORANGE
WHITE
RED

VIOLET
BLACK

GREEN/RED
GREEN/RED

GREEN/RED

BLACK
BLACK
GREEN/RED

RED/BLACK

VIOLET/WHITE
RED/BLACK
BROWN

BLACK
BLACK

GREEN/RED
BLACK

VIOLET/WHITE
RED

RED
RED

PINK
WHITE
BLACK

RED/WHITE
BLACK

ORANGE

VIOLET/WHITE

BROWN

BLUE
BLACK

BROWN/WHITE

BLUE
ORANGE

BROWN
BROWN

BLUE

BROWN

RED

BLACK

PINK
BLUE

Multi Pro 5700–D
Vehicle Wire Harness
(Serial Number Below 240000300)
Page 8 – 11
Rev. A

(SERIAL NUMBERS
ABOVE 280000000)

Multi Pro 5700--D
Vehicle Wire Harness
(Serial Number From 240000300 to 290999999)
Page 8 -- 12
Rev. D

RED/BLACK

ORANGE

PINK
PINK

RED
RED

YELLOW
PINK
VIOLET/WHITE

GREEN/RED

RED/BLACK
ORANGE

RED/BLACK

GREEN/RED

RED/BLACK
WHITE
RED
VIOLET
BLACK

GREEN/RED
VIOLET/WHITE
GREEN/RED
RED/BLACK

BLACK
GREEN/RED

RED/BLACK

GREEN/RED

BLACK

BROWN

BLACK
BLACK

GREEN/RED
VIOLET/WHITE

BLACK
RED

PINK

RED
ORANGE
WHITE
RED

PINK

BLACK

RED/WHITE

BLUE
ORANGE

BROWN

BLUE
YELLOW

BROWN

BLACK

BLUE

ORANGE

RED/WHITE

BLACK
VIOLET/WHITE

BLUE

BLACK

BROWN/WHITE

Multi Pro 5700--D
Vehicle Wire Harness
(Serial Number From 240000300 to 290999999)
Page 8 -- 13
Rev. D

Multi Pro 5700--D
Vehicle Wire Harness
(Serial Number Above 310000000)
Page 8 -- 14
Rev. D

RED/BLACK
VIOLET

RED
PINK
PINK

RED

RED
YELLOW
PINK

GREEN/RED

RED/BLACK

RED

ORANGE

WHITE

ORANGE
GREEN/RED
RED/BLACK
GREEN/RED

RED/BLACK

GREEN/RED

BLACK
VIOLET/WHITE

GREEN/RED
RED/BLACK

RED/BLACK

BLACK
GREEN/RED

BROWN
BLACK

BLACK

FUSIBLE LINK
GREEN/RED
VIOLET/WHITE

BLACK

ORANGE

RED
RED

ORANGE
BLUE

BROWN/WHITE

BLACK
BLUE

BLACK

RED/WHITE
BLACK

RED/WHITE

ORANGE
ORANGE

RED/WHITE

VIOLET/WHITE

BROWN
BLACK

WHITE
BLUE

YELLOW

BROWN

BLACK

BROWN

ORANGE

BLACK

BLUE

Multi Pro 5700--D
Vehicle Wire Harness
(Serial Number Above 310000000)
Page 8 -- 15
Rev. D

Multi Pro 5700--D
Spray System Wire Harness
(Serial Number Below 260000000)
Page 8 -- 16
Rev. D

RED
BLACK
BLACK

BLUE/GRAY

BLACK

RED

BLACK

RED

BLACK
BLACK
BLACK

BLUE/GRAY

YELLOW

BLACK
GREEN

BLUE

RED

BLUE/PINK

WHITE/
BLACK

ORANGE/
BLACK

BROWN

RED/
WH

BLACK

YEL/
BLU

BLACK
RED

RED

YEL

BLACK

RED
RED

YELLOW

BLACK
OR

RED/BLACK

BLACK
RED/BLUE
BLUE/RED

VIO/
BLK

BLACK
BLUE

GREEN

YELLOW/BLUE

BLUE

BLACK

YEL/
BLK

VIOLET/BLACK

BLUE/WHITE
BLUE/BLACK

BLACK

VIOLET/BLACK

BLUE/
BLACK

BLACK

GN/

BLK
GN/
WH GN/
BLK
ORANGE/WHITE
ORANGE/BLACK

OR/
BLK

PINK

BL/
BLK

BLACK

BLUE/
PINK

BLK
BLACK
GREEN/RED

BLACK

RED/WHITE
WHITE/
RED/
BLACK
WH

RED/BLACK

ORANGE

BLK

RED

VIOLET/
BLACK

VIOLET/WHITE

BLK

RED
VIOLET/
WHITE

GREEN/
RED

GREEN/BLACK

BLK

RED

RED/WHITE

RED
BROWN
PINK

YELLOW/RED

RED
BROWN
PINK

BROWN

WHITE/
BLACK

PINK
RED
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK

ORANGE/BLACK

RED/BLUE

RED/BLUE
BLUE/RED

BROWN/WHITE
GREEN/BLACK

BLUE/BLACK

BLACK

RED

GREEN/BLK

BLUE/PINK
BLUE
ORANGE

RED/WHITE
RED/BLACK

GREEN

VIOLET/BLK
VIOLET/WHITE

GREEN/BLK
GREEN/WHITE

ORANGE/BLK
ORANGE/WHITE

BLUE/BLK
BLUE/WHITE

BLACK
WHITE

PINK/BLK

BROWN/WHITE
BLUE/RED

VIOLET/BLACK

PINK/WHITE

RED

BLACK
WHITE
PINK/BLUE
BLUE/PINK
RED

ORANGE/
BLACK

GREEN/RED

BLUE/BLK

VIOLET/BLACK
YELLOW/RED

RED

YELLOW
YELLOW/BLUE
BLUE/GRAY
BLACK

BLACK

Multi Pro 5700--D
Spray System Wire Harness
(Serial Number Below 260000000)
Page 8 -- 17
Rev. D

Multi Pro 5700--D
Spray System Wire Harness
(Serial Number From 260000001 to 270999999)
Page 8 -- 18
Rev. D

PINK

BLACK
GREEN
YELLOW

BLUE

PINK

YELLOW/RED
GREEN/RED
ORANGE

WHITE

RED

BLACK
BLACK

YELLOW

RED

BLACK

PINK

TAN

BLACK

BLUE

ORANGE

BLUE/PINK

BLACK
BLACK
BLACK

ORANGE
ORANGE

VIOLET/BLACK

BLACK
BLACK

BLACK

GREEN/BLACK

BLACK

ORANGE/BLACK

BLACK
WHITE/BLACK

BLUE/RED
WHITE/BLACK

BROWN/WHITE

BLACK

BLACK
YELLOW/BLUE
BLUE/GREEN

BLACK
VIOLET/BLACK

VIOLET/BLACK

VIOLET/WHITE

YELLOW

BLUE/PINK

BLACK

WHITE/BLACK

PINK

BLACK

RED/BLUE

BLUE/BLACK
PINK

BLACK
BLUE/GREEN

PINK

BLACK

BLACK
BLACK
VIOLET/WHITE

BLACK

VIOLET/BLACK

GN/RED

PINK

BLACK
YELLOW/BLUE

VIOLET/BLACK

GREEN/WHITE

PINK
YELLOW/RED

BLK

BLACK

GREEN/BLACK

PINK

ORANGE/WHITE

GREEN/BLK

BLACK

ORANGE/
BLACK

BLK
OR/BLK
RED/WHITE
BROWN

ORANGE/BLACK

PINK

BLUE/WHITE

BLACK

RED/WHITE

BLACK

BLUE/BLACK

PINK

BLUE/BLACK

BROWN

YELLOW

BL/
BLK

BLUE/BLACK

PINK/WHITE
PINK/BLACK

PINK/BLUE

BLUE

RED/WHITE
BROWN
WHITE/BLACK

YELLOW

BLUE
WHITE

RED

YELLOW
GREEN
YELLOW

GREEN
YELLOW

ORANGE

Multi Pro 5700--D
Spray System Wire Harness
(Serial Number From 260000001 to 270999999)
Page 8 -- 19
Rev. D

Multi Pro 5700--D
Spray System Wire Harness
(Serial Number From 280000001 to 290999999)
Page 8 -- 20
Rev. D

PINK

BLACK

CLEAR

BLACK
ORANGE

YELLOW

RED
WHITE

PINK

TAN

BLACK

YELLOW

RED

GREEN/BLACK

BLACK
GREEN

BLUE

PINK

BLUE

ORANGE

BLACK

BLACK
BLACK

ORANGE

BLUE/RED

ORANGE

BROWN/WHITE
BLACK

ORANGE/BLACK

RED

BLACK

BLUE

BLACK

BROWN

BLACK

BLUE
BROWN

RED
BLACK

RED

YELLOW

BLUE

YELLOW

YELLOW
BROWN

RED

YELLOW

BLUE/PINK

PINK

BLACK

PINK

RED/BLUE

BLACK
VIOLET/BLACK

PINK

BLACK
BLACK

BLACK

SHIELD
BLACK

VIOLET/WHITE

PINK
VIOLET/BLACK

VIOLET/WHITE

BLACK

VIOLET/BLACK

GREEN/WHITE

PINK
YELLOW/RED

GREEN/
RED

BLACK

GREEN/BLACK

PINK

GREEN/BLACK

BLACK

ORANGE/WHITE

BLACK
ORANGE/BLACK
RED/WHITE

ORANGE/BLACK

BLUE/BLACK

BLACK

RED/WHITE

BROWN

ORANGE/BLACK

PINK

BLUE/WHITE

BLUE/BLACK

PINK

BLUE/BLACK

BROWN

YELLOW

BLACK

BLUE/BLACK

CLEAR

SHIELD
BLACK

PINK/WHITE
PINK/BLACK

PINK/BLUE

BLUE

RED/WHITE
BROWN

BLACK
BLACK

BLUE
WHITE

WHITE
BLUE

BLACK

PINK

RED

BLACK

YELLOW/RED
GREEN/RED
VIOLET/BLACK

BLUE/PINK
RED

GREEN
YELLOW

ORANGE

Multi Pro 5700--D
Spray System Wire Harness
(Serial Number From 280000001 to 290999999)
Page 8 -- 21
Rev. D

Multi Pro 5700--D
Spray System Wire Harness
(Serial Number Above 310000000)
Page 8 -- 22
Rev. D

BLACK
RED

BLACK
BLUE

BLACK
BROWN

BROWN

RED
BLACK
BLUE

RED

YELLOW

BLUE

YELLOW

BROWN

YELLOW

RED

YELLOW

BLUE/PINK

BLACK
VIOLET/BLACK

PINK

BLUE/PINK

PINK

RED/BLUE

PINK

VIOLET/BLACK

GREEN/
RED

VIOLET/WHITE

BLACK

PINK
BLACK
YELLOW/RED

PINK

BLACK

BROWN

GREEN/BLACK

BLACK

RED/WHITE
BLACK

BLACK

BROWN

ORANGE/BLACK

BLUE/BLACK

BLACK

RED/WHITE

BLACK

BLUE/BLACK

BROWN

YELLOW

BLACK
BLUE
WHITE

BLUE
WHITE

PINK
PINK

BLUE

PINK
BLACK
BLACK

BLACK
BLACK
BLUE

PINK
BLACK
RED

BLACK
PINK

BLACK
BLACK

RED
BLACK

BLACK

ORANGE/BLACK

WHITE
BROWN/WHITE
GREEN/BLACK
VIOLET/BLACK
YELLOW/RED
GREEN/RED

BLACK

SHIELD
BLACK
CLEAR

PINK
RED
ORANGE
YELLOW

ORANGE
RED
YELLOW

GREEN
YELLOW

GREEN
YELLOW
BLACK
BLUE
ORANGE
BLACK
BLACK
GREEN

PINK/WHITE
PINK/BLACK

VIOLET/WHITE
VIOLET/BLACK

VIOLET/BLACK

GREEN/WHITE
GREEN/BLACK

GREEN/BLACK

ORANGE/WHITE
ORANGE/BLACK

ORANGE/BLACK

BLUE/WHITE
BLUE/BLACK

BLUE/BLACK

BLUE/RED

BLACK
CLEAR

BLACK
YELLOW

SHIELD

PINK/BLUE

TAN
ORANGE
BLACK

ORANGE

Multi Pro 5700--D
Spray System Wire Harness
(Serial Number Above 310000000)
Page 8 -- 23
Rev. D

This page is intentionally blank.

Page 8 -- 24
Rev. D

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.5
Linearized                      : No
Page Count                      : 248
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
Language                        : en
Page Layout                     : SinglePage
Has XFA                         : No
XMP Toolkit                     : XMP toolkit 2.9.1-14, framework 1.6
About                           : uuid:4d090d16-a9d1-454a-9553-b9d21a2a5465
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 6.0.1 (Windows)
Creator Tool                    : Interleaf, Inc.
Modify Date                     : 2011:06:15 11:09:57-05:00
Create Date                     : 2004:08:03 10:17:24-05:00
Metadata Date                   : 2011:06:15 11:09:57-05:00
Document ID                     : uuid:d95d74a9-799d-45b4-9d58-323585f1c576
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : Multi Pro 5700
Creator                         : beckbd
Tagged PDF                      : No
Author                          : beckbd

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Toro 5700 D Multi Pro User Manual To The 5a8792ea A33b 4086 A2d9 3a984ca84535

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation